MR-J2-SUPER_BROCHURE

Page 1

SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS

MELSERVO-J2-Super

Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Nagoya Works is a factory certified for ISO14001 (standards for environmental management systems) and ISO9001(standards for quality assurance managememt systems)


Servo Amplifier Series and Servomotor Models 1. Flexible specifications corresponding to users’ needs Compatible motor series

Positioning function Fully closed loop control compatible

Torque

Speed

CC-Link

Position

Control mode RS-422 multi-drop

SSCNET

DIO

Analog

Servo amplifier type

Pulse train

Interface

General-purpose interface MR-J2S-MA

Setup S/W

Model

Power supply spe.

Capacity (kW) HC- HC- HC- HC- HC- HA- HC(Note 1) KFS MFS SFS LFS RFS LFS UFS

MR-J2S- 3-phase 0.05 200VAC to 37 MA

MR-J2S- 1-phase 0.05 100VAC to 0.4 MA1 (Note 3)

MR-J2S- 3-phase 0.5 400VAC to 55 MA4

SSCNET, high-speed serial bus compatible MR-J2S-MB

MR-J2S- 3-phase 0.05 MB 200VAC to 37

MR-J2S

MR-J2S- 1-phase 0.05 100VAC to 0.4 MB1 (Note 3)

MR-J2S- 3-phase 8 to 55 400VAC MB4

With built-in positioning function MR-J2S-MCP

MR-J2S- 3-phase 0.05 200VAC to 7 MCP

(Note 4) (Note 8)

(Note 7)

With built-in program operation function MR-J2S-MCL

MR-J2S- 3-phase 0.05 200VAC to 7 MCL

(Note 4) (Note 8)

MR-J2S- 1-phase 0.05 100VAC to 0.4 MCL1

MR-J2M (Multi-axis servo-amp)

General-purpose interface MR-J2M-A (Note 5)

• MR-J2M

-P8A 3-phase 0.05 -MDU 200VAC to 0.75 • MR-J2M -BUM • MR-J2M

Max. 8 slots

High speed serial bus, SSCNET compatible MR-J2M-B (Note 5)

• MR-J2M

-P8B 3-phase 0.05 -MDU 200VAC to 0.75 • MR-J2M -BUM • MR-J2M

(Note 6) Max. 8 slots

1

MR-J2S- 1-phase 0.05 100VAC to 0.4 MCP1

Notes: 1. The capacity selection software (MRZJW3-MOTSZ111E) can be obtained for free. Contact Mitsubishi for details. 2. ● indicates compliance with standard parts. ● indicates compliance with special parts. 3. For further details of the fully closed loop control compatible servo amplifier, refer to “Fully Closed Loop Control Compatible INSTRUCTION MANUAL”.

4. Use the manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01). 5. For further details of MR-J2M, refer to “MELSERVO-J2M Series SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL”. 6. The expansion IO unit (MR-J2M-D01) is required. 7. Compatible with MR-J2S-MCP-S084. 8.This ● indicates “Override” and “Analog torque limit” command.


Motor series

Rated speed (maximum speed) (r/min)

K Small capacity series

HC-KFS series

M

Rated output (kW)

3000 (4500)

5 types 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75

6000 (6000)

1 type 0.4

10000 (10000)

1 type 0.4

3000 (4500)

5 types 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75

HC-MFS series

Servomotor type With electromagnetic brake (B)

Overseas standards EN

UL cUL

Protective degree (Note 2)

Application examples

Feature

IP55

Excluding the shaftthrough portion and connector

Belt drive Robots ● Mounters Low inertia ● Sewing machines Perfect for general ● X-Y tables (IP65 Note 3) industrial machines. ● Food processing High velocity machines ● Semiconductor motors, 6000 or IP55 manufacturing 10000r/min, have Excluding devices been prepared. the shaft● Knitting and through portion embroidery and connector machines IP55

Excluding Ultra-low inertia the shaftWell suited for highthrough portion and connector frequency operation.

● ●

Inserters Mounters

(IP65 Note 3)

S

HC-SFS series

(

1000 1500 : 0.85kW 1200 : 1.2~3kW

)

3000 (3000)

5 types 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.5

IP65 (IP67)

L

2000 (3000)

5 types 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.0

IP65 (IP67)

R

3000 (4500)

5 types 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.5, 5.0

IP65 (IP67)

Medium capacity series

3000 : 0.5~1.5kW 2500 : 2, 3.5kW 2000 : 5, 7kW

)

Roll feeders Loaders and Low inertia unloaders Perfect for general ● industrial machines. High-frequency conveyor machines ●

HC-LFS series

HC-RFS series

L

HA-LFS series 1000 (1200)

1500 (2000)

2000 (2000)

U

Conveyor machines Suitable for variable ● Robots applications three models from low to ● X-Y tables high-speed are available.

Medium inertia IP65 (IP67)

(

Medium/Large capacity series

IP65 (IP67)

14 types 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.5, 5.0, 7.0 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.5, 5.0, 7.0

2000

Flat Small/Medium capacity series

4 types 0.85, 1.2, 2.0, 3.0

HC-UFS series

(

2000 3000 : 0.75~2kW 2500 : 3.5, 5kW

)

3000 (4500)

15 types 6.0, 8.0, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 37 8.0, 12, 15, 20, 25 (Note 7) 30, 37 13 types 7.0, 11, 15, 22, 30, 37 11, 15, 22, 30, 37, 45, 50 14 types 5.0, 7.0, 11, 15, 22, 30, 37 11, 15, 22, 30, 37, 45, 55 5 types 0.75, 1.5, 2.0, 3.5, 5.0

Ultra-low inertia

(

For only 6.0kW to 12kW

)

(

For only 7.0kW to 15kW

)

IP44

IP44

(

For only 11kW to 22kW

)

4 types 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75

Notes: 1. A ● mark shows production range. 2. Compliance is possible with special products for items inside ( ) of the protective degree. Consult Mitsubishi for details. 3. Motor capacity 50W is excluded. 4. IP65-compliant product (HC-UFSM-S1) including connector components have been prepared.

Low inertia Suitable for variable applications three models from low to medium-speed are available.

IP44

IP65 for HA-LFS502 or HA-LFS702

IP65 (IP67) IP65 Excluding the connector (Note 4)

Well suited for highfrequency operation.

As a standard, 30kW and larger capacities are compatible with flange mounting or leg mounting.

Ultra-highfrequency conveyor machines

Molding injection machines ● Semiconductor manufacturing devices ● Large conveyor machines ●

(Note 6)

Flat Type

The flat design makes this unit well suited for situations where the installation space is restricted.

Robots Food processing machines

5. are for 400V type. 6. Some motors from 15kW to 25kW capacities can be foot-mount style. Refer to “Motor Dimensions” shown in this catalog. 7. The HA-LFS 1000r/min 400V 8.0 to 25kW capacities are special-order products. Contact Mitsubishi for details on the delivery schedule.

2


Super Performance with MELSERVO-J2-Super 2. High Functionality, High Performance High-resolution Encoder 131072p/rev (17bit) • The inclusion of a high-resolution encoder ensures high performance and stability at low speeds. • Motor sizes are the same as previous products and wiring is compatible.

High-performance CPU Incorporated for Improved Response • The application of a high-performance CPU has enhanced response significantly. Speed loop frequency response rised to 550Hz or more. The MR-J2-Super series are the best units for use in high-speed positioning applications.

Absolute encoder is Standard Equipment • The absolute positioning method, which does not require zero point return, can be used just by mounting a battery in the servo amplifier. The servomotor does not need to be replaced.

SSCNET, high-speed serial bus compatible: B type • A completely synchronized system can be made using SSCNET utilizing high-speed serial communication with cycle times of up to 0.888ms between controller and amplifier. Such a system will provide high levels of reliability with high levels of performance. • As the SSCNET bus system is used to connect the Servo system together, consolidate management features such as Servo amplifier parameter settings and data gathering are all present in the motion controller. • A dedicated cable is used the SSCNET system together that simply clips onto amplifiers and controllers. This simple connection method reduces wiring time and also helps prevent noise (due to the serial data transfer when using SSCNET). • The command frequency is not limited even when using the high resolution encoders standard on the MELSERVO-J2-Super series products. • SSCNET is a completely synchronized network, so synchronized control and synchronized starting in advanced interpolation etc. can all be carried out. • An absolute system can be made by simply mounting a battery in the Servo amplifier. • More than 1,000,000 SSCNET amplifier units of this highly reliable network are in use.

3

● Wiring is reduced, and trouble caused by incorrect wiring is prevented.


3. Optimum Tuning Easy tuning Model Adaptive Control/ Advanced Real-time Auto-tuning

The load inertia moment (machine system’s ideal model) is automatically estimated by the auto-tuning function. Stable control is carried out following the ideal model estimated by the model adaptive control.

A simple parameter change allows gain settings to change, tuning the Servo

High performance tuning :Perfect Tuning using Personal Computer and MR configurator (Setup Software) ● When machine resonates

Machine Analysis Function

The servomotor is automatically oscillated, and the machine system’s frequency characteristics are analyzed. The “Machine Resonance Suppression Filter” can be set easily based on the result.

● When thinking about changing motors ● When thinking about changing command patterns

Machine Simulation Function The performance can be confirmed without actually replacing the motor. The results of the machine analysis function can be read in, and the response in the machine system can be simulated.

● To see the motor state

Monitor/Diagnosis Function A graph function to display the motor state, such as the motor’s speed and torque, and functions to diagnose the motor state at an alarm occurance are provided.

Contents Servo Amplifier Series and Servomotor Models . . . . . . . . 1 Super Performance with MELSERVO-J2-Super . . . . . . . . . 3 Model Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Specifications and Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Motor Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Special Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 MR-J2S-A Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Servo Amplifier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Standard Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Amplifier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 MR-J2S-B Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Servo Amplifier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Standard Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 MR-J2S-CP Features/System Configuration (MR-J2S-MCP) . . . . . . 54 Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Servo Amplifier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Command Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MR-J2S-CP-S084 Features/Specifications (MR-J2S-MCP-S084) . . Standard Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MR-J2S-CL Features/System Configuration (MR-J2S-MCL) . Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MCL) . . . . . . . Servo Amplifier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Command List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options (Note) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ordering Information for Customers. . . . . . . . . Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peripheral Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using a Personal Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Differences: Comparison with MR-J2 Series Cautions Concerning Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . 57 . . . . . . 58 . . . . . . 59 . . . . . . 61 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

62 63 64 65 67 68 77 78 85 88 90 91

Note: The cables and connectors are sold separately. The motor power supply connector is different for each motor, so take care when ordering.

4


Model Configurations ■ For servo amplifier 100V/200V

MR-J2S- 10 A 1Special product Mitsubishi general-purpose AC servo amplifier MELSERVO-J2-Super Series

A : General-purpose interface B : SSCNET CP: Positioning function built-in (Note) CL: Program operation function built-in (Note) Note: The MR-J2S-MCP type and CL type are compatible with the 0.05 to 7kW capacity motors.

List of compatible motors

● Conforms to following standards: EN, UL, cUL

● A converter unit (MR-HP30KA) is required for the 30kW or larger amplifier.

Symbol 10 20 40 60 70 100

HC-KFS 053, 13 23 43 — 73, 46, 410 —

HC-MFS 053, 13 23 43 — 73 —

200

— —

— —

HC-SFS — — — 52, 53 — 81, 102, 103 121, 201, 152, 202, 153, 203 301, 352, 353 502

Symbol

Power supply

None

3-phase 200VAC or single-phase 230VAC (Note1)

1

Single-phase 100VAC (Note2)

Notes: 1. The single 230VAC is available only for the MR-J2S-70M or smaller servo amplifiers. 2. Only for MR-J2S-40M or smaller servo amplifiers.

HC-LFS — — — 52 — 102

HC-RFS — — — — — —

HA-LFS — — — — — —

HC-UFS 13 23 43 — 72, 73 —

152

103, 153

152

202 302

203 353, 503

— 502 601, 701M, — — 702 — — 700 702 801, 12K1, — — — — — 11K 11K1M, 11K2 15K1, 15K1M, — — — — — 15K 15K2 20K1, 25K1, — — — — — 22K 22K1M, 22K2 30K1, 30K1M, — — — — — 30K 30K2 37K1, 37K1M, — — — — — 37K 37K2 Note: There are some motors that cannot be connected depending on the amplifier’s software version. Refer to the servomotor specifications in this catalog. 350 500

■ For servo amplifier 400V

MR-J2S- 30K A 4Mitsubishi general-purpose AC servo amplifier MELSERVO-J2-Super Series

Special product A: General-purpose interface B: SSCNET (Note)

3-phase 400VAC

Note: The MR-J2S-MB4 type is compatible with the 11 to 55kW capacity motors.

List of compatible motors

● Conforms to following standards: EN, UL, cUL ● A converter unit (MR-HP55KA4) is required for the 30kW or larger amplifier.

5

Symbol HA-LFS HC-SFS 60 — 524 100 — 1024 200 — 1524, 2024 350 — 3524 500 — 5024 700 — 7024 11K — 8014, 12K14, 11K1M4, 11K24 — 15K 15K14, 15K1M4, 15K24 — 20K14, 22K1M4, 22K24 22K 25K14, 30K14, 30K1M4, 30K24 — 30K 37K14, 37K1M4, 37K24 — 37K 45K1M4, 45K24 — 45K 50K1M4, 55K24 55K — Note: There are some motors that cannot be connected depending on the amplifier’s software version. Refer to the servomotor specifications in this catalog.

202 352, 502 — — — — — —


Model Configurations ■ For servomotor 200V

HC-MFS 05 3 B Symbol HC-KFS HC-MFS HC-SFS HC-LFS HC-RFS HA-LFS HC-UFS

Electromagnetic brake

Motor series

Symbol

Low inertia, small capacity

None

None

Ultra-low inertia, small capacity

B

Installed

Note: Refer to “Electromagnetic brake specifications” in this catalog for detailed specifications.

Medium inertia, medium capacity Low inertia, medium capacity Ultra-low inertia, medium capacity

Symbol

Rated speed (r/min)

Symbol

Shaft end

Low inertia, medium-large capacity

1

1000

None

Standard (Straight shaft)

Flat model, small-medium capacity

1M

1500

K

Key way (Note)

2

2000

D

D-cut (Note)

3

3000

● Conforms to following standards: EN, UL, cUL

Symbol

6

6000

10

10000

Rated output (kW)

05

0.05

1 to 8

0.1 to 0.85

10 to 80

1.0 to 8.0

11K to

Note: Refer to “Special shaft end specifications” in this catalog for the compatible models and detailed specifications.

11.0 to 37.0

37K

■ For servomotor 400V

HA-LFS 30K 2 4 B Symbol

Motor series

HC-SFS

Medium inertia, medium capacity

HA-LFS

Low inertia, medium-large capacity

400V type

Symbol

Shaft end

None

Standard (Straight shaft)

K

Key way (Note)

Note: Refer to “Special shaft end specifications” in this catalog for the compatible models and detailed specifications.

Symbol

Rated output (kW)

Symbol

Rated speed (r/min)

Symbol

5

0.5

1

1000

None

None

10 to 80

1.0 to 8.0

1M

1500

B

Installed

2

2000

11K to 55K

11.0 to 55.0

Note: The HA-LFS1000r/min 8.0 to 25kW motors are special-order products.

Electromagnetic brake

Note: Refer to “Electromagnetic brake specifications” in this catalog for detailed specifications.

● Conforms to following standards: EN, UL, cUL

6


Specifications and Characteristics HC-KFS series servomotor specifications Servomotor series Models Servomotor model HC-KFS

053 (B)

Servo-amp model (Note 9) MR-J2SSpecifications Power facility capacity (Note 2) (kVA) Continuous Rated output (W) running Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) duty

13 (B)

23 (B)

43 (B)

73 (B)

46

410

20A (1)/B (1)/CP (1)/CL (1) 40A (1)/B (1)/CP (1)/CL (1) 70A/B/CP/CL(Note 10) 70A/B/CP/CL-U005 70A/B/CP/CL-U006

10A (1)/B (1)/CP (1)/CL (1)

Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in])

Servomotor (Note 1)

HC-KFS high velocity series (Low inertia, small capacity)

HC-KFS series (Low inertia, small capacity)

0.3

0.3

0.5

0.9

1.3

50

100

200

400

750

0.16 (22.7)

0.32 (45.3)

0.64 (90.6)

1.3 (184.1)

2.4 (339.8)

0.64 (90.6)

0.38 (53.8)

0.48 (68.0)

0.95 (134.5)

1.9 (269.0)

3.8 (538.1)

7.2 (1019.5)

2.87 (406.4)

1.91 (270.5)

0.9

0.9 400

Rated speed (r/min)

3000

6000

10000

Maximum speed (r/min)

4500

6000

10000

Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min)

5175

6900

11500 3.1

Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s)

4.78

12.1

9.65

24.2

37.7

6.4

Rated current (A)

0.83

0.71

1.1

2.3

5.8

2.9

2.9

Maximum current (A)

2.5

2.2

3.4

6.9

18.6

12.9

14.5

(Note 5)

(Note 5)

(Note 5)

220

190

110

55

(Note 5)

(Note 5)

(Note 5)

660

280

160

80

(Note 5)

2200

940

550

275

With no options Regeneration braking frequency MR-RB032 (30W) (times/min) MR-RB12 (100W) (Note 3, 4) MR-RB32 (300W) Moment of inertia Standard J (×10-4kg·m2) With electromagnetic brake [J (oz·in2)]

2800

1650

825

0.053 (0.29)

0.084 (0.459)

0.42 (2.296)

0.67 (3.663)

1.51 (8.255)

0.64 (3.499)

0.47 (2.569)

0.056 (0.306)

0.087 (0.476)

0.47 (2.569)

0.72 (3.936)

1.635 (8.938)

Less than 15-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6)

Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector

Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev

Attachments

17 bit encoder Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP55) (Note 7)

Structure

0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing)

Ambient temperature Environment

Ambient humidity

80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust

Atmosphere

Mass (kg [lb])

1000 meters or less above sea level; X, Y: 19.6m/s2

1000 meters or less above sea level; X: 49m/s2 Y: 49m/s2

Elevation/vibration (Note 8) Standard

0.4 (0.88)

0.53 (1.17)

0.99 (2.18)

1.45 (3.19)

3.0 (6.61)

1.5 (3.30)

1.5 (3.30)

With electromagnetic brake

0.75 (1.65)

0.89 (1.96)

1.6 (3.53)

2.1 (4.63)

4.0 (8.81)

Notes:1. If used in location such as actual site of machinery where oil or water may contact the product, special specifications apply, contact Mitsubishi. 2. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 3. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 4. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W and smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large. 5. There are no limits on regeneration frequency as long as the effective torque is within the rated torque range. However, the load/motor of inertia moment ratio must be 15 times or less. 6. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 7. The shaft-through portion and connector for cable terminal are excluded. 8. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the antiX Y load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. 9. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 10. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-KFS series 750W is as follows. A type:Version A4 or above B type:Version A3 or above

HC-KFS series servomotor torque characteristics

70

0.5

35

0.25

Continuous running range 0

4000 4500

0

1.0

70

0.5

4000 4500

0

0

HC-KFS46 (Note 1, 2, 4)

6.0

4.0

350 280

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range 3.0

280

2.0

2.5 Peak running range 2.0

210

1.5

140

1.0

Continuous running range

70

0.5

Continuous running range

140

1.0

1000 2000 3000

0

0

1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min)

4000 4500

0

0

2000

4000

Speed (r/min)

Continuous running range

1000 2000 3000

4000 4500

Speed (r/min)

HC-KFS410 (Note 1, 2, 4, 5) 210

Peak running range 1.5

140

1.0

70

0.5

0

0

Continuous running range

Continuous running range 0

4000 4500

2.0

280

2.0

7 0

420

Speed (r/min)

3.0

420

8.0

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min)

HC-KFS73 (B) (Note 1, 2) 1120 Torque (oz•in)

140

Torque (N•m)

1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min)

280

Peak running range 1.5

Continuous running range

Torque (oz•in)

0

0

560

210

Torque (oz•in)

Peak running range 0.75

HC-KFS43 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 4.0

560

0.2

28

840

Torque (oz•in)

0.4

105

HC-KFS23 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)

2.0

280

1.0 Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

56

HC-KFS13 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 140

Torque (N•m)

HC-KFS053 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 0.6

84

6000

2000

4000

6000

Speed (r/min)

8000

10000

Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Torque characteristics are same for singlephase 230VAC operation. 3. For single-phase 100VAC operation, torque characteristics that are different from above-mentioned 1 and 2, are shown in broken lines. 4. The effective load rate will increase by approx. 10% during a cold start, but will drop after approx. ten minutes of operation. 5. Use the HC-KFS410 at 90% or less of the effective load rate.


Specifications and Characteristics HC-MFS series servomotor specifications Servomotor series

HC-MFS series (Ultra-low inertia, small capacity)

Models Servomotor model HC-MFS Servo-amp model (Note 9) MR-J2S-

Specifications

053 (B)

23 (B)

13 (B)

10A (1)/B (1)/CP (1)/CL (1)

73 (B) 70A/B/CP/CL

Power facility capacity (Note 2) (kVA)

0.3

0.3

0.5

0.9

1.3

Rated output (W)

50

100

200

400

750

Continuous running duty

Rated torque (N·m [oz·in])

Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in])

0.16 (22.7)

0.32 (45.3)

0.64 (90.6)

1.3 (184.1)

2.4 (339.8)

0.48 (68.0)

0.95 (134.5)

1.9 (269.0)

3.8 (538.1)

7.2 (1019.5)

3000

Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min)

4500

Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min)

5175 46.02

116.55

94.43

Rated current (A)

0.85

1.5

2.8

5.1

Maximum current (A)

2.6

5.0

9.0

18

1010

400

Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s)

Servomotor (Note 1)

43 (B)

20A (1)/B (1)/CP (1)/CL (1) 40A (1)/B (1)/CP (1)/CL (1)

Regeneration braking frequency (times/min) (Note 3, 4)

34.13

With no options

(Note 5)

(Note 5)

(Note 5)

MR-RB032 (30W)

(Note 5)

(Note 5)

(Note 5)

3000

600

MR-RB12 (100W)

(Note 5)

(Note 5)

2400

(Note 5)

Standard

0.019 (0.104)

0.03 (0.164)

0.088 (0.481)

0.143 (0.782)

0.6 (3.28)

With electromagnetic brake

0.022 (0.12)

0.032 (0.175)

0.136 (0.743)

0.191 (1.044)

0.725 (3.963)

MR-RB32 (300W) Moment of inertia J (×10-4 kg·m2) [J (oz·in2)]

13.47

Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio

Less than 30-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6)

Speed/position detector

Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev

Attachments

17 bit encoder

Structure

Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP55) (Note 7) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing)

Ambient temperature Environment

80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing)

Ambient humidity

Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust

Atmosphere

1000 meters or less above sea level; X, Y: 49 m/s2

Elevation/vibration (Note 8) Mass (kg [lb])

Standard

0.4 (0.88)

0.53 (1.17)

0.99 (2.18)

1.45 (3.19)

3.0 (6.61)

With electromagnetic brake

0.75 (1.65)

0.89 (1.96)

1.6 (3.53)

2.1 (4.63)

4.0 (8.81)

Notes:1. If used in location such as actual site of machinery where oil or water may contact the product, special specifications apply, contact Mitsubishi. 2. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 3. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 4. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W and smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large. 5. There are no limits on regeneration frequency as long as the effective torque is within the rated torque range. However, the load/motor of inertia moment ratio must be 30 times or less. 6. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 7. The shaft-through portion and connector for cable terminal are excluded. 8. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the antiX load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. Y 9. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1).

HC-MFS series servomotor torque characteristics

105

Peak running range 0.75

70

0.5

35

0.25

0

0

Continuous running range 0

0

1000 2000 3000

4000 4500

Speed (r/min)

Peak running range 1.5

140

1.0

70

0.5

140

1.0

0

0

Continuous running range

1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min)

4000 4500

0

0

4000 4500

1000 2000 3000

4000 4500

Speed (r/min)

HC-MFS73 (B) (Note 1, 2) 840

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range 3.0

2.0

1000 2000 3000

Continuous running range

8.0

1120

4.0

280

Continuous running range

Speed (r/min)

HC-MFS43 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 560 Torque (oz•in)

210

0.2

28

420

HC-MFS23 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)

2.0

280 Torque (oz•in)

Peak running range 0.4

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

56

HC-MFS13 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 1.0

140

Torque (N•m)

HC-MFS053 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)

0.6

84

Peak running range 6.0

560

4.0

280

2.0

0

0

Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Torque characteristics are same for single-phase 230VAC operation. 3. For single-phase 100VAC operation, torque characteristics that are different from above-mentioned 1 and 2, are shown in broken lines.

8

Continuous running range

1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min)

4000 4500


Specifications and Characteristics HC-SFS series servomotor specifications

Servomotor

Servomotor series HC-SFS1000 r/min series (Medium inertia, medium capacity) HC-SFS2000 r/min series 201(B) 52(B) 121(B) 102(B) 152(B) 81(B) 301(B) Models Servomotor model HC-SFS Specifications Servo-amp model (Note 7) MR-J2S- 100A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 200A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 350A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 60A/B/CP/CL 100A/B/CP/CL 200A/B/CP/CL Power facility capacity (Note 1) (kVA) 4.8 3.5 1.0 1.7 2.5 1.5 2.1 Continuous Rated output (kW) 3.0 2.0 0.5 0.85 1.2 1.0 1.5 running Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) 28.6 (4049.8) 19.1 (2704.6) 2.39 (338.4) 8.12 (1149.8) 11.5 (1628.4) 4.78 (676.8) 7.16 (1013.9) duty Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) 85.9 (12163.4) 7.16 (1013.9) 57.3 (8113.7) 24.4 (3455.0) 34.4 (4871.0) 14.4 (2039.0) 21.6 (3058.6) 1000 Rated speed (r/min) 2000 Maximum speed (r/min) 1500 1200 3000 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) 1725 1380 3450 Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) 81.3 16.7 32.9 44.5 25.6 30.9 8.7 Rated current (A) 16 6 5.1 9.6 9 7.1 3.2 Maximum current (A) 48 18 15.3 28.8 27 21.3 9.6 With no options 84 54 140 100 136 240 56 MR-RB032 (30W) — 80 — — 220 — 165 MR-RB12 (100W) — 270 — — — 560 740 Regeneration 250 — 330 408 — 730 — braking frequency MR-RB30 (300W) (times/min) MR-RB31 (300W) — — — — — — — (Note 2, 3) MR-RB32 (300W) — — 810 — 2220 — — MR-RB50 (500W) (Note 6) 430 550 — 680 — 1216 — MR-RB51 (500W) (Note 6) — — — — — — — Moment of inertia Standard 20.0 (109) 42.5 (232) 82.0 (448) 101 (552) 6.6 (36.1) 13.7 (74.9) 20.0 (109) 4 2 J (×10 kg·m ) With electromagnetic brake 22.0 (120) 52.5 (287) 92.0 (503) 111 (607) 8.6 (47.0) 15.7 (85.8) 22.0 (120) [J (oz·in2)] Less than 15-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 4) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev Speed/position detector 17 bit encoder, oil seal Attachments Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) Structure 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) Ambient temperature 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Ambient humidity Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust Atmosphere Environment Elevation 1000 meters or less above sea level

12 (26.4) 18 (39.7)

9 (19.8) 11 (24.2)

Standard With electromagnetic brake

Mass (kg [lb])

X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 49m/s2

X,Y : 24.5m/s2

Vibration (Note 5)

X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 29.4m/s2

19 (41.9) 25 (55.1)

X,Y : 24.5m/s2

23 (50.7) 29 (63.9)

5 (11.0) 7 (15.4)

7 (15.4) 9 (19.8)

9 (19.8) 11 (24.2)

Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 2. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 3. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W and smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large. 4. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table.

HC-SFS series servomotor torque characteristics

20

10

2800 1400

500 1000 1500 Speed (r/min)

0

500 10001200 Speed (r/min)

HC-SFS52 (B) (Note 1, 2)

420

6

Peak running range

1400

700

3

10

5

9

0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

3000

0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

50

3500

25

0

0

500 10001200 Speed (r/min)

500 10001200 Speed (r/min)

HC-SFS152 (B) (Note 1) 24

2240

Peak running range

Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Torque characteristics are same for single-phase 230VAC operation.

16

1120

8

0

0

Continuous running range 0

Torque (N•m)

7000

Peak running range

75

Continuous running range

3360 Peak running range

Continuous running range 0

0

15

2100 Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

840

0

HC-SFS102 (B) (Note 1)

9

1260

Continuous running range

Continuous running range 0

10500

100

20

Torque (oz•in)

0

0

40

10

Continuous running range

Torque (N•m)

1400

5600

Torque (oz•in)

Peak running range

14000 Peak running range

Torque (N•m)

2800

30

HC-SFS301 (B) (Note 1)

60

8400 Torque (N•m)

4200

Torque (N•m)

Peak 20 running range

HC-SFS201 (B) (Note 1)

40

5600 Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

2800

HC-SFS121 (B) (Note 1)

30

Torque (oz•in)

HC-SFS81 (B) (Note 1) 4200

Continuous running range 3000

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

3000


Specifications and Characteristics

HC-SFS3000 r/min series (Medium inertia, medium capacity) (Medium inertia, medium capacity) 53(B) 103(B) 353(B) 153(B) 352(B) 202(B) 502(B) 702(B) 203(B) 350A/B/CP/CL (Note 10) 200A/B/CP/CL (Note 10) 350A/B/CP/CL 500A/B/CP/CL (Note 9) 700A/B/CP/CL (Note 9) 60A/B/CP/CL (Note 10) 100A/B/CP/CL (Note 10) 200A/B/CP/CL 3.5 5.5 7.5 10.0 1.7 2.5 1.0 3.5 5.5 2.0 3.5 5.0 7.0 1.0 1.5 0.5 2.0 3.5 9.55 (1352.3) 16.7 (2364.7) 23.9 (3384.2) 33.4 (4729.4) 3.18 (450.3) 4.78 (676.8) 1.59 (225.1) 6.37 (902.0) 11.1 (1571.8) 28.5 (4035.6) 50.1 (7094.2) 71.6 (10138.6) 100 (14160) 9.55 (1352.3) 14.3 (2024.9) 4.77 (675.4) 19.1 (2704.6) 33.4 (4729.4) 3000 2000 2500 2000 3000 2850 2300 3450 21.5 34.1 56.5 69.7 11.4 7.4 3.8 9.5 15.1 11 17 28 35 8.6 5.3 3.2 10.4 16.4 33 51 84 105 25.8 15.9 9.6 31.2 49.2 64 31 39 32 82 24 25 24 14 — — — — — 36 — 73 — — — — — — 120 — 250 — 192 95 90 — 250 — 70 — 42 — — — 57 — — — — — — — — — — — 360 — — 320 158 150 — 410 110 — 70 — — — — 95 — — — — — 42.5 (232) 82.0 (448) 101(552) 160 (875) 6.6 (36.1) 13.7 (74.9) 20.0 (109) 42.5 (232) 82.0 (448) 52.5 (287) 92.0 (503) 111 (607) 170 (929) 8.6 (47.0) 15.7 (85.8) 22.0 (120) 52.5 (287) 92.0 (503) Less than 15-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 4) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 49m/s2 12 (26.4) 18 (39.7)

X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 29.4m/s2

19 (41.9) 25 (55.1)

23 (50.7) 29 (63.9)

X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 49m/s2

X,Y : 24.5m/s2

32 (70.5) 38 (83.7)

5 (11) 7 (15.4)

7 (15.4) 9 (19.8)

9 (19.8) 11 (24.2)

12 (26.4) 18 (39.7)

5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the anti-load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. 6. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 7. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 8. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-SFS 1000 r/min series is as follows. A type:Version A1 or above 9. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-SFS 2000 r/min series 5.0kW/7.0kW is as follows. A type:Version B0 or above B type:Version B0 or above 10. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-SFS 3000 r/min series is as follows. A type:Version A1 or above

280

1120

560

8

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

3000

Peak running range

1400

700

4

0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

3000

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

0

Peak running range 10

5

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

HC-SFS203 (B) (Note 1) 2940

15

1960

980

0

0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

3000

HC-SFS353 (B) (Note 1) 5460

21 Peak running range 14

7

Continuous running range

Continuous running range 0

40

0

HC-SFS153 (B) (Note 1) 2100

Peak running range

Continuous running range

Continuous running range 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

0

1000 2000 2500 Speed (r/min)

80

3640

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

2

0

5600

12

Continuous running range 0

20

11200

Torque (oz•in)

4

2800

Torque (N•m)

1680

6

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

560

40

HC-SFS103 (B) (Note 1)

HC-SFS53 (B) (Note 1, 2) 840

0

0

1000 2000 2500 Speed (r/min)

60

5600

Continuous running range

Torque (N•m)

0

8400

20

Continuous running range 0

Peak running range

Y

120

Torque (N•m)

2800

10

40

Peak running range

X

HC-SFS702 (B) (Note 1) 16800

80

Torque (oz•in)

5600

HC-SFS502 (B) (Note 1) 11200

60

Torque (oz•in)

20

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

Torque (oz•in)

1400

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

2800

HC-SFS352 (B) (Note 1) 8400

30

Torque (N•m)

HC-SFS202 (B) (Note 1) 4200

19 (41.9) 25 (55.1)

39 Peak running range 26

1820

13

0

0

Continuous running range 0

0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

3000

Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

3000

10


Specifications and Characteristics HC-SFS 2000r/min series servomotor specifications (400VAC type) Servomotor series Models Servomotor model HC-SFS Specifications Servo-amp model MR-J2SPower facility capacity (Note 1) (kVA) Continuous Rated output (kW) running Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) duty Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) Rated current (A) Maximum current (A) With no options MR-RB1L-4 (100W) MR-RB3M-4 (300W) Regeneration MR-RB3H-4 (300W) braking frequency MR-RB5H-4 (500W) (Note 6) (times/min) MR-RB3G-4 (300W) (Note 2, 3) MR-RB5G-4 (500W) (Note 6) MR-RB34-4 (300W) MR-RB54-4 (500W) (Note 6) Moment of inertia Standard J (×10-4kg·m2) With electromagnetic brake [J (oz·in2)] Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector Attachments Structure Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Atmosphere Environment Elevation

524(B) 60A4 1.0 0.5 2.39 (338.4) 7.16 (1013.9)

Servomotor

8.7 1.5 4.5 125 415 — — — — — — — 6.6 (36.1) 8.6 (47.0)

X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 49m/s2

X,Y : 24.5m/s2

Vibration (Note 5) 5 (11.0) 7 (15.4)

Standard With electromagnetic brake

Mass (kg [lb])

HC-SFS2000 r/min series (Medium inertia, medium capacity) 1024(B) 1524(B) 2024(B) 3524(B) 5024(B) 7024(B) 100A4 200A4 350A4 500A4 700A4 1.7 2.5 3.5 5.5 7.5 10.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.0 7.0 4.78 (676.8) 7.16 (1013.9) 9.55 (1352.3) 16.7 (2364.7) 23.9 (3384.2) 33.4 (4729.4) 14.4 (2039.0) 21.6 (3058.6) 28.5 (4035.6) 50.1 (7094.2) 71.6 (10138.6) 100 (14160) 2000 3000 2500 2000 3450 2850 2300 16.7 25.6 21.5 34.1 56.5 69.7 2.8 4.4 5.4 17 8.6 14 8.4 13.2 16.2 51 25.8 42 200 136 64 43 39 32 — — — — — — — — — — — 600 — 408 192 — — — — 680 320 — — — — — — 100 90 — — — — 167 150 — — — — — — 57 — — — — — 95 13.7 (74.9) 20.0 (109) 42.5 (232) 82.0 (448) 101 (552) 160 (875) 15.7 (85.8) 22.0 (120) 52.5 (287) 92.0 (503) 111 (607) 170 (929) Less than 15-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 4) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level

7 (15.4) 9 (19.8)

9 (19.8) 11 (24.2)

12 (26.4) 18 (39.7)

X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 29.4m/s2

19 (41.9) 25 (55.1)

23 (50.7) 29 (63.9)

32 (70.5) 38 (83.7)

Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 2. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 3. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W and smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large. 4. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the X Y anti-load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. 6. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92).

HC-SFS 2000r/min series servomotor torque characteristics

10

5

HC-SFS2024 (B) (Note 1)

1400

Peak running range 20

5600

2800

10

0

0

0

0

40

1000 2000 2500 Speed (r/min)

Continuous running range 3000

Peak running range

8400

5600

40

2800

20

Peak running range

20 Continuous running range

0

60

0

1000 2000 2500 Speed (r/min)

0

HC-SFS7024 (B) (Note 1) 16800

80

Continuous running range 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

3000

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

HC-SFS5024 (B) (Note 1) 11200

60

Continuous running range

11

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

HC-SFS3524 (B) (Note 1) 8400

30

Torque (oz•in)

2800

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

4200

8

11200

120

Torque (N•m)

3000

0

Torque (N•m)

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

0

Torque (N•m)

0

1120 Continuous running range

Continuous running range 0

Peak running range 16

Torque (oz•in)

700

3

2240

Torque (N•m)

1400

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

24

3360 Peak running range

Torque (oz•in)

420

6

HC-SFS1524 (B) (Note 1)

15

2100 Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

840

HC-SFS1024 (B) (Note 1)

9

Torque (oz•in)

HC-SFS524 (B) (Note 1) 1260

80

5600

40

0

0

Peak running range

Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

Note: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 400VAC operation.


Specifications and Characteristics HC-LFS series servomotor specifications Servomotor series

HC-LFS series (Low inertia, medium capacity)

Models Servomotor model HC-LFS

52(B)

102(B)

152(B)

Power facility capacity (Note 1) (kVA) Rated output (kW)

Continuous running duty

Rated torque (N·m [oz·in])

Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in])

302(B)

1.0

1.7

2.5

3.5

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

3.0

2.39 (338.4)

4.78 (676.8)

7.16 (1013.9)

9.55 (1352.3)

14.3 (2024.9)

7.16 (1013.9)

14.4 (2039.0)

21.6 (3058.6)

28.5 (4035.6)

42.9 (6074.6)

56.8

Rated speed (r/min)

2000

Maximum speed (r/min)

3000

4.8

3450

Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min)

Servomotor

202(B)

Servo-amp model (Note 7) MR-J2S- 60A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 100A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 200A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 350A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 500A/B/CP/CL (Note 8)

Specifications

Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s)

17.9

49.7

80.1

41.5

Rated current (A)

3.2

5.9

9.9

14

23

Maximum current (A)

9.6

18

30

42

69

With no options

115

160

425

120

70

MR-RB032 (30W)

340

235

Regeneration braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2, 3)

Moment of inertia J (×10-4 kg·m2) [J (oz·in2)]

MR-RB12 (100W)

1150

800

MR-RB30 (300W)

1270

370

215

MR-RB32 (300W)

2410

MR-RB50 (500W) (Note 6)

2120

615

355

Standard

3.2 (17.5)

4.6 (25.1)

6.4 (35.0)

22 (120)

36 (197)

With electromagnetic brake

5.2 (28.4)

6.6 (36.1)

8.4 (45.9)

32 (175)

46 (251)

Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio

Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 4)

Speed/position detector

Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev

Attachments

17 bit encoder, oil seal

Structure

Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: –15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing)

Ambient temperature

80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing)

Ambient humidity

Environment

Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust

Atmosphere Elevation/vibration (Note 5) Mass (kg [lb])

1000 meters or less above sea level/X: 9.8m/s2 Y: 24.5m/s2

1000 meters or less above sea level/X: 19.6m/s2 Y: 49m/s2

Standard

6.5 (14.3)

8.0 (17.6)

10.0 (22.0)

21 (46.3)

28 (61.7)

With electromagnetic brake

9.0 (19.8)

10.5 (23.1)

12.5 (27.5)

27 (59.5)

34 (74.9)

Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 2. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 3. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W and smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large. 4. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the antiX Y load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. 6. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 7. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 8. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-LFS series is as follows. A type:Version B3 or above B type:Version B3 or above CP type:Version A2 or above

HC-LFS series servomotor torque characteristics

Peak running range

560

4

280

2

2100

15 Peak running range

1400

10

700

5

Continuous running range 0

0

1000

2000

0

0

3000

10

0

2000

Speed (r/min)

2000

3000

16

1120

8

0

0

3000

Continuous running range 1000

2000

3000

Speed (r/min)

5880

42 Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Torque characteristics are same for single-phase 230VAC operation.

Peak running range

3920

28

1960

14

12 Continuous running range

Continuous running range 1000

Peak running range

2240

56

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

1400

0

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

30

20

24

HC-LFS302 (B) (Note 1) 7840

40

2800

1000

Speed (r/min)

HC-LFS202 (B) (Note 1) 4200

3360

32

Continuous running range

Speed (r/min)

5600

Torque (oz•in)

6

HC-LFS152 (B) (Note 1) 4480

20

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

840

HC-LFS102 (B) (Note 1) 2800

8

Torque (N•m)

HC-LFS52 (B) (Note 1, 2) 1120

0

0

1000

2000

Speed (r/min)

3000


Specifications and Characteristics HA-LFS 1000r/min series servomotor specifications 601 (B) 700A/B/CP/CL -U058 — 8.6 6 57.3 (8113.7) 172 (24355.2)

Cooling fan

Voltage, frequency Power Input (W) Rated current (A)

HA-LFS 1000r/min series (Low inertia, medium capacity to large capacity) 20K1 801 (B) 15K1 12K1 (B)

25K1

11KA/B (Note 10)

15KA/B (Note 10)

— 22 15 143 (20248.8) 415 (58764)

30 20 191 (27045.6) 477 (67543.2)

38 25 239 (33842.4) 597 (84535.2)

12 8 76.4 (10818.2) 229 (32426.4)

18 12 115 (16284) 344 (48710.4)

22KA/B (Note 10) —

1000 1200 1380

Servomotor

Servomotor series Models Servomotor model HA-LFS Servo-amp model MR-J2S(Note 8) Specifications Converter unit model Power facility capacity (Note 2) (kVA) Rated output (kW) Continuous running duty Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) Rated current (A) Maximum current (A) With no options MR-RB31 (300W) MR-RB51 (500W) (Note 4) GRZG400-2Ω (4), MR-RB65 (800W) (Note 5) GRZG400-1Ω (5), MR-RB66 (1300W) (Note 5) Regeneration GRZG400-0.8Ω (5), braking MR-RB67 (1300W) (Note 5) frequency MR-RB139 (1300W) (times/min) MR-RB137 (3900W) (Note 3) GRZG400-5Ω (4), MR-RB6B-4 (800W) (Note 5) GRZG400-2.5Ω (5), MR-RB60-4 (1300W) (Note 5) GRZG400-2Ω (5), MR-RB6K-4 (1300W) (Note 5) MR-RB136-4 (1300W) MR-RB138-4 (3900W) Moment of inertia Standard J (×10-4kg·m2) [J (oz·in2 )] With electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector Attachments Structure Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Atmosphere Environment Elevation Vibration (Note 7) Mass Standard (kg [lb]) With electromagnetic brake

313 34 102 158 278 464

265 42 126 — — —

445 61 183 — — —

373 83 249 — — —

561 118 295 — — —

528 118 295 — — —

354

264

230

195

117

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— — — — — — — — — — 650 (3553.3) 1080 (5903.9) 550 (3006.6) 220 (1202.7) 295 (1612.6) — — — 293 (1601.7) 369 (2017.2) Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed ventilated (protection degree: IP44) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: –15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s2 Y: 29.4m/s2 Y: 9.8m/s2 X: 11.7m/s2 55 (121.2) 95 (209.3) 115 (253.4) 160 (352.5) 180 (396.6) 230 (506.7) 70 (154.2) 126 (277.6) 146 (321.7) — — — Single phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz 3-phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz Single phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 3-phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 42 (50Hz)/ 32 (50Hz)/ 45 (50Hz)/ 120 (50Hz)/ 54 (60Hz) 40 (60Hz) 63 (60Hz) 175 (60Hz) 0.21 (50Hz)/ 0.30 (50Hz)/ 0.32 (50Hz)/ 0.65 (50Hz)/ 0.25 (60Hz) 0.25 (60Hz) 0.35 (60Hz) 0.80 (60Hz) — — 105 (574.0) 113 (617.7)

Notes:1. Make sure that the effective torque is less than 75% of the 37kW capacity during the power factor improvement. Always use a DC reactor (MR-DCL37K). 2. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply's impedance. 3. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 4. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 5. The values apply when the parameter No.0 (for MR-J2S-A type) or No.2 (for MR-J2S-B type) is changed, and the cooling fans (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92 x 2 units) are installed. 6. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table.

HA-LFS 1000r/min series servomotor torque characteristics

8400

14000

60

0

84000

600

Continuous running range 0 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

0

500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

13

28000

Peak running range

0

500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

28000

200

14000

100

0

Continuous running range 0

500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

42000

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

Torque (oz•in)

300

450

300

21000

150

0

0

Peak running range

Continuous running range 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

800 600

56000

400

28000

200

0

0

Peak running range

200 Continuous running range

0

84000

Torque (N•m)

400

42000

HA-LFS15K1 (Note 1) 63000

HA-LFS25K1 (Note 1) 112000

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

HA-LFS20K1 (Note 1)

56000

Peak running range

400

100

Continuous running range 0

200

HA-LFS12K1 (B) (Note 1) 56000

Torque (N•m)

28000

300

Torque (oz•in)

Peak running range 120

HA-LFS801 (B) (Note 1) 42000

Torque (N•m)

180

Torque (oz•in)

16800

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

HA-LFS601 (B) (Note 1) 25200

Continuous running range 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 400VAC operation. 3. The specifications are subject to change without notice.


Specifications and Characteristics

HA-LFS 1000r/min series (Low inertia, medium capacity to large capacity) 37K14 30K14 11KA4/B4-U061 11KA4/B4-U062 15KA4/B4-U063 22KA4/B4-U064 30KA4/B4-U065 37KA4/B4-U040 30KA4/B4 (Note 10) 30KA/B (Note 10) 37KA/B-U039 (Special-order) (Note 9) (Special-order) (Note 9) (Special-order) (Note 9) (Special-order) (Note 9) (Special-order) (Note 9) — — — MR-HP30KA MR-HP55KA4 48 18 59 12 22 48 30 59 38 30 12 37 8 15 30 20 37 25 286 (40497.6) 115 (16284) 353 (49984.8) 76.4 (10818.2) 143 (20248.8) 286 (40497.6) 191 (27045.6) 353 (49984.8) 239 (33842.4) 716 (101385.6) 883 (125032.8) 344 (48710.4) 229 (32426.4) 415 (58764) 716 (101385.6) 883 (125032.8) 477 (67543.2) 597 (84535.2) 1000 1200 1380 626 445 668 265 373 626 561 668 528 154 31 188 21 42 77 59 94 70 385 93 470 63 126 193 148 235 175 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 30K1

37K1 (Note 1)

8014 (B) (Special-order) (Note 9) 12K14 (B) (Special-order) (Note 9) 15K14 (Special-order) (Note 9) 20K14 (Special-order) (Note 9) 25K14 (Special-order) (Note 9)

97 290

68 203

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

354

264

230

195

117

— — 1310 (7161.2) —

— — 1870 (10222.5) —

X:9.8m/s2 Y:9.8m/s2 250 (550.8) 335 (738) — — 3-phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz 3-phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 120 (50Hz)/ 175 (60Hz) 0.65 (50Hz)/ 0.80 (60Hz)

— — — — 97 — — — — 290 550 (3006.6) 1310 (7161.2) 650 (3553.3) 1080 (5903.9) 295 (1612.6) — — — — 369 (2017.2) Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed ventilated (protection degree: IP44) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: –15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s2 Y: 29.4m/s2 Y: 9.8m/s2 X: 11.7m/s2 160 (352.5) 180 (396.6) 230 (506.7) 250 (550.8) 95 (209.3) 115 (253.4) — — — — 126 (277.6) 146 (321.7) — — 220 (1202.7) 293 (1601.7)

3-phase 380 to 420VAC 50/60Hz 65 (50Hz)/ 85 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/ 0.14 (60Hz)

110 (50Hz)/ 150 (60Hz) 0.20 (50Hz)/ 0.22 (60Hz)

0

0

0

0

112000

800

500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

28000

Peak running range

84000

Peak running range

56000

400

28000

200

0

14000

100

84000

0

0

500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

0

600

56000

400

28000

200

0

0

Peak running range

0

500

1000 1200

42000

450

300

21000

150

0

0

Peak running range

Continuous running range 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

HA-LFS37K14 (Note 2) 126000

84000

900 Peak running range 600

14

300 Continuous running range

Continuous running range

Speed (r/min)

500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

Y

HA-LFS15K14 (Note 2, 3)

63000

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

X

Continuous running range

500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

800

Continuous running range 0

Torque (oz•in)

200

42000

500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

28000

HA-LFS30K14 (Note 2) 112000

200 Continuous running range

0

0

500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min)

600

300

Continuous running range

HA-LFS25K14 (Note 2) Torque (N•m)

400

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

56000

600

42000

400

100

Continuous running range

Continuous running range

HA-LFS20K14 (Note 2, 3) 84000

14000

200 Peak running range

HA-LFS12K14 (B) (Note 2, 3)

56000

Torque (N•m)

200

300

28000

Torque (N•m)

28000

600

300

Torque (oz•in)

42000

Peak running range

HA-LFS8014 (B) (Note 2, 3) 42000

Torque (N•m)

Torque (N•m)

84000

900

Torque (oz•in)

400

HA-LFS37K1 (Note 1) 126000

Torque (oz•in)

56000

600

Peak running range

Torque (oz•in)

84000

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

HA-LFS30K1 (Note 1) 800

335 (738) —

3-phase 380 to 460VAC 50/60Hz

55 (50Hz)/ 75 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/ 0.11 (60Hz)

7. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the anti-load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. 8. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 9. The servo amplifier software version corresponding to each servomotor differs, so contact your dealer for details on the servo amplifier type and the types of servomotor that are combined with the servo amplifier, and for information on the delivery schedule. 10. The amplifier software version compatible with the HA-LFS 1000 r/min series is as follows. • For 8kW, 12kW, 15kW or 20kW (200V) • For 30kW (400V) A type:Version A0 or above B type:Version A3 or above A type:Version A0 or above B type:Version A3 or above • For 25kW or 30kW (200V) A type:Version A2 or above B type:Version A5 or above

112000

68 203 1870 (10222.5) —

0

0

500

1000 1200

Speed (r/min)


Specifications and Characteristics HA-LFS 1500r/min series servomotor specifications 701M (B) 700A/B/CP/CL -U059 — 10 7 44.6 (6315.4) 134 (18974.4)

Cooling fan

Voltage, frequency Power Input (W) Rated current (A)

HA-LFS 1500r/min series (Low inertia, medium capacity to large capacity) 30K1M 11K1M (B) 22K1M 15K1M (B)

37K1M (Note 1)

11KA/B (Note 9)

15KA/B (Note 9)

22KA/B (Note 9)

— 16 11 70.0 (9912) 210 (29736)

— 22 15 95.5 (13522.8) 286 (40497.6)

— 33 22 140 (19824) 350 (49560)

48 30 191 (27045.6) 477 (67543.2)

59 37 236 (33417.6) 589 (83402.4)

30KA/B (Note 9)

37KA/B-U042

MR-HP30KA

1500 2000 2300

Servomotor

Servomotor series Models Servomotor model HA-LFS Servo-amp model MR-J2S(Note 8) Specifications Converter unit model Power facility capacity (Note 2) (kVA) Rated output (kW) Continuous running duty Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) Rated current (A) Maximum current (A) With no options MR-RB31 (300W) MR-RB51 (500W) (Note 4) GRZG400-2Ω (4), MR-RB65 (800W) (Note 5) GRZG400-1Ω (5), MR-RB66 (1300W) (Note 5) Regeneration GRZG400-0.8Ω (5), braking MR-RB67 (1300W) (Note 5) frequency MR-RB139 (1300W) (times/min) MR-RB137 (3900W) (Note 3) GRZG400-5Ω (4), MR-RB6B-4 (800W) (Note 5) GRZG400-2.5Ω (5), MR-RB60-4 (1300W) (Note 5) GRZG400-2Ω (5), MR-RB6K-4 (1300W) (Note 5) MR-RB136-4 (1300W) MR-RB138-4 (3900W) Moment of inertia Standard J (×10-4kg·m2) 2 [J (oz·in )] With electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector Attachments Structure Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Atmosphere Environment Elevation Vibration (Note 7) Mass Standard (kg [lb]) With electromagnetic brake

189 37 111 70 124 206

223 65 195 — — —

309 87 261 — — —

357 126 315 — — —

561 174 435 — — —

514 202 505 — — —

158

191

102

— —

— —

— —

— —

87 260

52 156

— — — — — — — — — — 295 (1612.6) 220 (1202.7) 1080 (5903.9) 650 (3553.3) 550 (3006.6) — — — 369 (2017.2) 293 (1601.7) Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed ventilated (protection degree: IP44) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: –15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X: 11.7m/s2 X: 9.8m/s2 Y: 29.4m/s2 Y: 9.8m/s2 55 (121.2) 95 (209.3) 115 (253.4) 160 (352.5) 180 (396.6) 230 (506.7) 70 (154.2) 126 (277.6) 146 (321.7) — — — Single phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz 3-phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz Single phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 3-phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 42 (50Hz)/ 32 (50Hz)/ 45 (50Hz)/ 120 (50Hz)/ 54 (60Hz) 40 (60Hz) 63 (60Hz) 175 (60Hz) 0.21 (50Hz)/ 0.30 (50Hz)/ 0.32 (50Hz)/ 0.65 (50Hz)/ 0.25 (60Hz) 0.25 (60Hz) 0.35 (60Hz) 0.80 (60Hz) — — 105 (574.0) 113 (617.7)

Notes:1. Make sure that the effective torque is less than 75% of the 37kW capacity during the power factor improvement. Always use a DC reactor (MR-DCL37K). 2. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply's impedance. 3. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 4. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 5. The values apply when the parameter No.0 (for MR-J2S-A type) or No.2 (for MR-J2S-B type) is changed, and the cooling fans (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92 x 2 units) are installed.

HA-LFS 1500r/min series servomotor torque characteristics

7000

11200

50

0

500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)

15

28000

600

400 Peak running range

200

0

84000

0

500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)

500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)

Torque (N•m)

300

28000

200

14000

100

0

0

Peak running range

100 Continuous running range

0

42000

400

0

500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)

Continuous running range 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)

56000

600 Peak running range Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 400VAC operation.

400

28000

200

0

0

Continuous running range 0

200

HA-LFS22K1M (Note 1) 56000

HA-LFS37K1M (Note 1) Torque (oz•in)

56000

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

HA-LFS30K1M (Note 1) 84000

Peak running range

Continuous running range

Torque (N•m)

0

14000

80

Continuous running range 0

28000

300

Torque (oz•in)

Peak running 160 range

HA-LFS15K1M (B) (Note 1) 42000

Torque (N•m)

22400

240

Torque (oz•in)

Peak running 100 range

HA-LFS11K1M (B) (Note 1) 33600

Torque (N•m)

150

Torque (oz•in)

14000

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

HA-LFS701M (B) (Note 1) 21000

Continuous running range 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)


Specifications and Characteristics

HA-LFS 1500r/min series (Low inertia, medium capacity to large capacity) 30K1M4 22K1M4 37K1M4

45K1M4

50K1M4

30KA4/B4 (Note 9)

45KA4/B4 (Note 9)

55KA4/B4 (Note 9)

11K1M4 (B)

15K1M4 (B)

11KA4/B4 (Note 9)

15KA4/B4 (Note 9)

22KA4/B4 (Note 9)

— 16 11 70.0 (9912) 210 (29736)

— 22 15 95.5 (13522.8) 286 (40497.6)

— 33 22 140 (19824) 350 (49560)

223 33 99 — — —

309 44 132 — — —

357 63 158 — — —

48 30 191 (27045.6) 477 (67543.2) 1500 2000 2300 561 87 218 — — —

— — —

37KA4/B4 (Note 9)

MR-HP55KA4 71 59 45 37 286 (40497.6) 236 (33417.6) 716 (101385.6) 589 (83402.4)

80 50 318 (45028.8) 796 (112713.6)

514 101 253 — — —

626 128 320 — — —

542 143 358 — — —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

158

191

102

— — 220 (1202.7) 293 (1601.7)

— — 295 (1612.6) 369 (2017.2)

X: 11.7m/s2 95 (209.3) 126 (277.6)

— 87 43 52 — 260 129 156 650 (3553.3) 1310 (7161.2) 550 (3006.6) 1080 (5903.9) — — — — Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed ventilated (protection degree: IP44) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: –15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s2 Y: 29.4m/s2 Y: 9.8m/s2 115 (253.4) 230 (506.7) 250 (550.8) 160 (352.5) 180 (396.6) 146 (321.7) — — — —

3-phase 380 to 420VAC 50/60Hz

30 90 1870 (10222.5) —

335 (738) —

3-phase 380 to 460VAC 50/60Hz

55 (50Hz)/ 75 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/ 0.11 (60Hz)

65 (50Hz)/ 85 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/ 0.14 (60Hz)

110 (50Hz)/ 150 (60Hz) 0.20 (50Hz)/ 0.22 (60Hz)

6. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 7. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the X anti-load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. Y 8. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 9. The amplifier software version compatible with the HA-LFS 1500 r/min series is as follows. • For 11kW, 15kW, 22kW or 30kW (200V) • For 15kW, 37kW or 50kW (400V) • For 45kW (400V) A type:Version A0 or above B type:Version A3 or above A type:Version A0 or above B type:Version A3 or above A type:Version A1 or above B type:Version A4 or above • For 11kW (400V) • For 22kW or 30kW (400V) A type:Version A0 or above B type:Version A4 or above A type:Version A2 or above B type:Version A5 or above

14000

80

Continuous running range 0

500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)

28000

Peak running range 400

500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)

0

200

14000

100

0

0

84000

600

56000

400

28000

200

0

0

Peak running range

84000

42000

500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)

600

400

28000

200

0

0

Continuous running range 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)

Peak running range

Continuous running range 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)

900

600

Peak running range

300 Continuous running range

Continuous running range 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)

56000

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

HA-LFS30K1M4 (Note 2) 84000

HA-LFS50K1M4 (Note 2) 126000

800

200 Continuous running range

0

28000

HA-LFS45K1M4 (Note 2) 112000

600

Torque (oz•in)

56000

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

HA-LFS37K1M4 (Note 2) 84000

0

Torque (N•m)

0

300

100

Continuous running range 0

42000

400

Torque (oz•in)

200

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

HA-LFS22K1M4 (Note 2) 56000

Torque (N•m)

28000

300

Torque (oz•in)

Peak running range

Torque (N•m)

160

HA-LFS15K1M4 (B) (Note 2) 42000

Torque (oz•in)

11200

240

Torque (oz•in)

22400

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

HA-LFS11K1M4 (B) (Note 2) 33600

0

0

500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min)

16


Specifications and Characteristics HA-LFS 2000r/min series servomotor specifications

Servomotor

HA-LFS 2000r/min series (Low inertia, medium capacity to large capacity) Servomotor series 30K2 37K2 (Note1) 11K2 (B) 502 702 15K2 (B) 22K2 (B) Models Servomotor model HA-LFS Servo-amp model MR-J2S500A/B/CP/CL (Note 9) 700A/B/CP/CL (Note 9) 11KA/B (Note 9) 15KA/B (Note 9) 22KA/B (Note 9) 30KA/B (Note 9) 37KA/B (Note 9) (Note 8) Specifications — — — — — Converter unit model MR-HP30KA Power facility capacity (Note 2) (kVA) 48 59 16 7.5 10.0 22 33 30 37 11 5.0 7.0 Continuous Rated output (kW) 15 22 running duty Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) 143 (20248.8) 177 (25063.2) 52.5 (7434) 23.9 (3384.2) 33.4 (4729.4) 71.6 (10138.6) 105 (14868) Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) 158 (22372.8) 71.6 (10138.6) 100 (14160) 215 (30444) 263 (37240.8) 358 (50692.8) 442 (62587.2) 2000 Rated speed (r/min) 2000 Maximum speed (r/min) 2300 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) 373 480 263 77.2 118 233 374 Rated current (A) 166 204 63 25 34 77 112 Maximum current (A) 415 510 189 102 75 231 280 — — — — — 50 50 With no options — — — — — — 120 MR-RB30 (300W) — — — — — — 95 MR-RB31 (300W) — — — — — — 200 MR-RB50 (500W) (Note 4) — — — — — — 160 MR-RB51 (500W) (Note 4) GRZG400-2Ω (4), — — — — — — 186 MR-RB65 (800W) (Note 5) GRZG400-1Ω (5), — — — — — — 144 MR-RB66 (1300W) (Note 5) Regeneration GRZG400-0.8Ω (5), — — — — — — 107 braking frequency MR-RB67 (1300W) (Note 5) (times/min) — — — — — 58 49 MR-RB139 (1300W) (Note 3) — — — — — 174 147 MR-RB137 (3900W) GRZG400-5Ω (4), — — — — — — — MR-RB6B-4 (800W) (Note 5) GRZG400-2.5Ω (5), — — — — — — — MR-RB60-4 (1300W) (Note 5) GRZG400-2Ω (5), — — — — — — — MR-RB6K-4 (1300W) (Note 5) — — — — — MR-RB136-4 (1300W) — — — — — — — — — MR-RB138-4 (3900W) Moment of inertia Standard 74.0 (404.5) 94.2 (515.0) 105 (574.0) 220 (1202.7) 295 (1612.6) 550 (3006.6) 650 (3553.3) J (×10-4kg·m2) — — — — With electromagnetic brake 113 (617.7) 293 (1601.7) 369 (2017.2) [J (oz·in2)] Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev Speed/position detector Attachments

17 bit encoder, oil seal

Structure Environment

Cooling fan

Mass (kg [lb])

Totally enclosed ventilated (protection degree: IP44) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X : 9.8m/s2 Y : 9.8m/s2 X : 11.7m/s2 Y : 29.4m/s2 55 (121.2) 95 (209.3) 115 (253.4) 160 (352.5) 180 (396.6) 35 (77.1) 70 (154.2) 126 (277.6) 146 (321.7) — — — Single phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz 3-phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz — Single phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 3-phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 32 (50Hz)/ 42 (50Hz)/ 45 (50Hz)/ — 40 (60Hz) 54 (60Hz) 63 (60Hz) 0.30 (50Hz)/ 0.21 (50Hz)/ 0.32 (50Hz)/ — 0.25 (60Hz) 0.25 (60Hz) 0.35 (60Hz)

Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65)

Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Atmosphere Elevation Vibration (Note 7) Standard With electromagnetic brake

28 (61.7) —

Voltage, frequency

Input (W)

Power —

Rated current (A)

Notes:1. Make sure that the effective torque is less than 75% of the 37kW capacity during the power factor improvement. Always use a DC reactor (MR-DCL37K). 2. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 3. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 4. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92).

HA-LFS 2000r/min series servomotor torque characteristics

5600 2800

Continuous running range

Continuous running range 0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

0

0

56000

400

14000

200

100

17 0

0

Peak running range

Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

42000

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

Peak running range 300

28000

200

14000

100 Continuous running range

0

100

7000

50

33600 25200 16800

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

HA-LFS15K2 (B) (Note 1) Torque (oz•in)

150

14000

0

0

84000

600

HA-LFS30K2 (Note 1) Torque (N•m)

300

Torque (oz•in)

28000

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

HA-LFS22K2 (B) (Note 1) 42000

200

240 180 Peak running range 120

40

20

0

21000

Torque (N•m)

Peak running 80 range

HA-LFS11K2 (B) (Note 1) 28000

0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

8400 Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

0

60 Continuous running range 0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

HA-LFS37K2 (Note 1)

56000

28000

Torque (N•m)

40

11200

120

Torque (oz•in)

Peak running range

Torque (N•m)

60

HA-LFS702 (Note 1) 16800

Torque (oz•in)

5600

80

Torque (oz•in)

8400

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

HA-LFS502 (Note 1) 11200

400

Peak running range

200 Continuous running range

0

0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 400VAC operation.


Specifications and Characteristics

HA-LFS 2000r/min series (Low inertia, medium capacity to large capacity) 30K24 22K24 (B) 37K24

11K24 (B)

15K24 (B)

11KA4/B4 (Note 9) — 16 11 52.5 (7434) 158 (22372.8)

15KA4/B4 (Note 9) — 22 15 71.6 (10138.6) 215 (30444)

22KA4/B4 (Note 9) — 33 22 105 (14868) 263 (37240.8)

263 32 96 — — — — —

233 39 117 — — — — —

374 56 140 — — — — —

48 30 143 (20248.8) 358 (50692.8) 2000 2000 2300 373 83 208 — — — — —

— —

30KA4/B4 (Note 9)

37KA4/B4 (Note 9)

45K24

55K24

45KA4/B4 (Note 9)

55KA4/B4 (Note 9)

MR-HP55KA4 59 71 37 45 177 (25063.2) 215 (30444) 442 (62587.2) 537 (76039.2)

87 55 263 (37240.8) 657 (93031.2)

480 102 255 — — — — —

427 131 328 — — — — —

526 143 358 — — — — —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

— —

186

144

107

— — 105 (574.0) 113 (617.7)

— — 220 (1202.7) 293 (1601.7)

58 — 49 — 174 147 295 (1612.6) 550 (3006.6) 650 (3553.3) — — 369 (2017.2) Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev

30 89 1080 (5903.9) —

24 73 1310 (7161.2) —

17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed ventilated (protection degree: IP44) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X : 11.7m/s2 Y : 29.4m/s2 X : 9.8m/s2 Y : 9.8m/s2 55 (121.2) 160 (352.5) 95 (209.3) 115 (253.4) 180 (396.6) 230 (506.7) 70 (154.2) — 126 (277.6) 146 (321.7) — — Single phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz 3-phase 380 to 420VAC 50/60Hz 3-phase 380 to 460VAC 50/60Hz Single phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 42 (50Hz)/ 54 (60Hz) 0.21 (50Hz)/ 0.25 (60Hz)

55 (50Hz)/ 75 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/ 0.11 (60Hz)

65 (50Hz)/ 85 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/ 0.14 (60Hz)

250 (550.8) —

110 (50Hz)/ 150 (60Hz) 0.20 (50Hz) / 0.22 (60Hz)

5. The values apply when the parameter No. 0 (for MR-J2S-A type) or No. 2 (for MR-J2S-B type) is changed, and the cooling fans (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92 x 2 units) are installed. 6. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 7. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the anti-load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. X 8. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 9. The amplifier software version compatible with the HA-LFS 2000 r/min series is as follows. • For 15kW (400V) • Other than the motor described in the left side A type:Version A3 or above B type:Version A6 or above A type:Version A0 or above B type:Version A3 or above

16800

Peak running range

120

28000

14000 8400

50

0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

28000

600

400 Peak running range

84000

56000

28000

200

0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

Peak running range 400

200

0

0

Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

42000

400 Peak running range 300

28000

200

14000

100

0

1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

0

0

Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

HA-LFS55K24 (Note 2) 112000

600

Continuous running range 0

Continuous running range

HA-LFS45K24 (Note 2) Torque (oz•in)

56000

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

HA-LFS37K24 (Note 2) 84000

0

56000

100

84000

Torque (N•m)

0

200

Continuous running range

Torque (N•m)

0

Peak running range

60

Continuous running range

Torque (oz•in)

7000

300

Torque (N•m)

180

HA-LFS30K24 (Note 2)

HA-LFS22K24 (B) (Note 2) 42000

Torque (oz•in)

100

25200

240

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

Torque (N•m)

150

HA-LFS15K24 (B) (Note 2) 33600

Torque (oz•in)

14000

200

Torque (oz•in)

21000

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

HA-LFS11K24 (B) (Note 2) 28000

Y

800 600

56000

400

28000

200

0

0

Peak running range

Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min)

18


Specifications and Characteristics HC-RFS series servomotor specifications Servomotor series Models Servomotor model HC-RFS

HC-RFS series (Ultra-low inertia, medium capacity) 103 (B)

Servo-amp model (Note 6) MR-J2S-

Specifications

Power facility capacity (Note 1) (kVA) Rated output (kW)

Continuous running duty

Rated torque (N·m [oz·in])

Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in])

153 (B)

203 (B)

200A/B/CP/CL

503 (B)

500A/B/CP/CL (Note 7)

1.7

2.5

3.5

5.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

3.5

5.0

3.18 (450.3)

4.78 (676.8)

6.37 (902.1)

11.1 (1571.8)

15.9 (2251.4)

7.95 (1125.7)

11.9 (1685.0)

15.9 (2251.4)

27.9 (3950.6)

39.7 (5621.5)

Rated speed (r/min)

3000

Maximum speed (r/min)

4500

7.5

5175

Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min)

Servomotor

353 (B)

350A/B/CP/CL

Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s)

67.4

120

176

150

211

Rated current (A)

6.1

8.8

14

23

28

Maximum current (A)

18.4

23.4

37

58

70

Regeneration braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2)

With no options

1090

860

710

174

125

MR-RB30 (300W)

3270

2580

2130

401

288

MR-RB50 (500W) (Note 5)

5450

4300

3550

669

479

Moment of inertia J (×10-4 kg·m2) [J (oz·in2)]

Standard

1.5 (8.2)

1.9 (10.4)

2.3 (12.6)

8.6 (47.0)

12.0 (65.6)

2.25 (12.3)

2.65 (14.5)

11.8 (64.5)

15.5 (84.7)

With electromagnetic brake

1.85 (10.1)

Less than 5-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 3)

Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio

Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev

Speed/position detector

17 bit encoder, oil seal

Attachments

Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65)

Structure

0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing)

Ambient temperature

80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing)

Ambient humidity

Environment

Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust

Atmosphere

1000 meters or less above sea level; X: 24.5 m/s2, Y: 24.5 m/s2

Elevation/vibration (Note 4) Mass (kg [lb])

Standard

3.9 (8.6)

5.0 (11.0)

6.2 (13.7)

12 (26.4)

17 (37.5)

With electromagnetic brake

6.0 (13.2)

7.0 (15.4)

8.3 (18.3)

15 (33.0)

21 (46.3)

Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 2. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 3. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 4. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the antiload side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. X Y 5. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 6. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 7. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-RFS series 3.5kW/5.0kW is as follows. A type:Version B0 or above B type:Version B0 or above.

HC-RFS series servomotor torque characteristics

420

3

0

0

700

Continuous running range

1000

1400

10

Peak running range

0

0

1000

10

19 0

0

Continuous running range

1000

2000 3000 4000 4500

Speed (r/min)

12

6

0

0

Continuous running range

1000

2000 3000 4000 4500

Speed (r/min)

4200

2100

45

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

1400

Peak running range

Peak running range

HC-RFS503 (B) (Note 1) 6300

20

2000 3000 4000 4500

Speed (r/min)

HC-RFS353 (B) (Note 1)

2800

18

Continuous running range

2000 3000 4000 4500

30

1680

840

5

Speed (r/min)

4200

HC-RFS203 (B) (Note 1) 2520

15

Torque (N•m)

6

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

840

HC-RFS153 (B) (Note 1) 2100

9

Torque (oz•in)

HC-RFS103 (B) (Note 1) 1260

Peak running range

30 Note: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation.

15 Continuous running range

0

0

1000

2000 3000 4000 4500

Speed (r/min)


Specifications and Characteristics HC-UFS series servomotor specifications Servomotor series

HC-UFS 3000r/min series (Flat model, small capacity)

HC-UFS 2000r/min series (Flat model, medium capacity)

Models Servomotor model HC-UFS

72 (B)

152 (B)

202 (B)

352 (B)

502 (B)

13 (B)

23 (B)

43 (B)

73 (B)

10A (1)/B (1)/ 20A (1)/B (1)/ 40A (1)/B (1)/ Servo-amp model (Note 9) MR-J2S- 70A/B/CP/CL 200A/B/CP/CL 350A/B/CP/CL 500A/B/CP/CL (Note 10) 70A/B/CP/CL CP (1)/CL (1) CP (1)/CL (1) CP (1)/CL (1)

Specifications Power facility capacity (Note 1) (kVA) Continuous running duty

Rated output (kW)

1.3

2.5

3.5

5.5

7.5

0.3

0.5

0.9

1.3

0.75

1.5

2.0

3.5

5.0

0.1

0.2

0.4

0.75

0.64 (90.6)

1.3 (184.1)

2.4 (339.8)

1.9 (269.0)

3.8 (538.1)

7.2 (1019.5)

Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) 3.58 (506.9) 7.16 (1013.8) 9.55 (1352.3) 16.7 (2364.7) 23.9 (3384.2) 0.32 (45.3)

Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in])

10.7 (1515.1) 21.6 (3058.6) 28.5 (4035.6) 50.1 (7094.2) 71.6 (10138.6) 0.95 (134.5)

Rated speed (r/min) 3000

2500

Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min)

3450

2875

Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s)

23.9

36.5

49.6

15.5

19.2

47.7

5.4

9.7

14

23

28

0.76

1.5

2.8

4.3

16.2

29.1

42

69

84

2.5

4.95

9.24

12.9

With no options

53

124

68

44

31

(Note 4)

(Note 4)

410

41

MR-RB032 (30W)

79

1230

62

264

4100

206

372

203

102

72

791

620

338

169

119

Regeneration braking frequency MR-RB12 (100W) (times/min) MR-RB30 (300W) (Note 2, 3) MR-RB32 (300W) MR-RB50 (500W) (Note 8) [J (oz·in2)]

5175

23.2

Maximum current (A)

Moment of inertia J (×10-4 kg·m2)

4500

12.3

Rated current (A)

Servomotor

3000

2000

Maximum speed (r/min)

— 10.4 (56.9)

22.1 (120.8) 38.2 (208.8) 76.5 (418.2) 115 (628.7) 0.066 (0.361) 0.241 (1.317) 0.365 (1.995)

5.90 (32.3)

With electromagnetic brake

12.4 (67.8)

24.1 (131.7) 46.8 (255.8) 85.1 (465.2) 123.6 (675.7) 0.074 (0.405) 0.323 (1.766) 0.447 (2.444)

6.10 (33.3)

Less than 15-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 5)

Speed/position detector

Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev

Attachments

17 bit encoder, oil seal

Structure

Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) (Note 6)

Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) Ambient temperature

0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: –15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing)

Ambient humidity

80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing)

Atmosphere

Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust

Elevation

1000 meters or less above sea level X, Y: 24.5m/s2

Vibration (Note 7) Mass (kg [lb])

Standard

Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio

Environment

9.76

X: 24.5m/s2, Y: 49m/s2

X, Y: 49m/s2

Standard

8 (17.6)

11 (24.2)

16 (35.3)

20 (44.1)

24 (52.9)

0.8 (1.76)

1.5 (3.30)

1.7 (3.75)

5.0 (11.02)

With electromagnetic brake

10 (22.0)

13 (28.6)

22 (48.5)

26 (57.3)

30 (66.1)

1.2 (2.64)

2.2 (4.85)

2.4 (5.29)

6.2 (13.66)

Notes: 1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 2. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 3. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W and smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large. 4. There are no limits on regeneration frequency as long as the effective torque is within the rated torque range. 5. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 6. Connector for cable terminal are excluded. However, IP65-compliant products (HC-UFSM-S1) including connector components have been prepared. 7. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the X anti-load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. Y 8. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 9. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 10. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-UFS 2000 r/min series 3.5kW/5.0kW is as follows. A type:Version B0 or above B type:Version B0 or above

HC-UFS series servomotor torque characteristics

1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min)

70

35

0

Peak 0.75 running range

280

210

140

0.5 0.25 Continuous running range 0

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

105

1.0

1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 Speed (r/min)

0

1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min)

70

0

2.0

1.5

Peak running range

0

420

3.0 2.0

0.5 Continuous running range

140

1.0

0

0

Peak running range

Continuous running range 1000 2000 3000 40004500 Speed (r/min)

8400

Torque (N•m)

Peak running range

Torque (oz•in)

Torque (N•m)

40

HC-UFS502 (B) (Note 1) 11200

80

60

5600

40

2800

20

0

0

Peak running range

20

0

1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min)

4.0

280

1000 2000 3000 40004500 Speed (r/min)

2800

HC-UFS43 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 560

1.0

0

5600

60

Continuous running range

HC-UFS23 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3)

HC-UFS13 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 140

0

8400

0

Continuous running range 1000 2000 2500 Speed (r/min)

Continuous running range 1000 2000 2500 Speed (r/min)

HC-UFS73 (B) (Note 1, 2) 1120

840

Torque (N•m)

0

HC-UFS352 (B) (Note 1)

10

Torque (N•m)

0

20

Continuous running range

Torque (N•m)

0

1400

8

Continuous running range

2800

Peak running range

Torque (oz•in)

16

30

Torque (oz•in)

1120

4

Peak running range

HC-UFS202 (B) (Note 1) 4200

Torque (N•m)

2240

24

Torque (oz•in)

HC-UFS152 (B) (Note 1) 3360

Torque (N•m)

8

Peak running range

Torque (oz•in)

560

12

Torque (oz•in)

1120

Torque (N•m)

Torque (oz•in)

HC-UFS72 (B) (Note 1, 2) 1680

8.0

6.0

560

4.0

280

2.0

0

0

Peak running range

Continuous running range 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 Speed (r/min)

Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Torque characteristics are same for singlephase 230VAC operation. 3. For single-phase 100VAC operation, torque characteristics that are different from above-mentioned 1 and 2, are shown in broken lines.

20


Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch)

●HC-KFS053 (B), HC-KFS13 (B) ●HC-MFS053 (B), HC-MFS13 (B) 25 (0.98)

28.7 (1.13)

6.8 (0.27)

25.2 (0.99)

65.5 (2.58)

KL 9.9 (0.39)

(Note 3)

Brake lead (Note 3) 2-0.32 0.3m (11.8 inch)

Standard

M40 (1.57) 4 5°

2.5 (0.10) 21.5 (0.85) (Note 5)

ø8h6 0 (ø0.3150 -0.0004 )

5 (0.20)

2-ø4.5 (ø0.177)

1

3

2

4 A

ø4 (ø1 6 .811 )

4

2

5

3

6 A

20 (0.79)

Protective tubing Model Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) in standard case 5557-06R-210 (receptacle) (Note 3) 5556PBT (female terminal)

Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) With 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP)

Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth

connector pin assignment 1

Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch) Insulok (Note 3)

Power-supply connector pin assignment

with Brake Power-supply

35.7 (1.41)

L 40.5 (1.59)

ø30h7 0 (ø1.181-0.0008 )

M42 (1.65)

HC-KFS053 (B) HC-MFS053 (B) HC-KFS13 (B) HC-MFS13 (B)

A

Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth 5 B1 6 B2 Variable dimensions L

KL

81.5 (3.21) <109.5 (4.31)>

29.5 (1.16)

96.5 (3.80) <124.5 (4.90)>

44.5 (1.75)

●HC-KFS23 (B), HC-KFS43 (B) ●HC-MFS23 (B), HC-MFS43 (B) M62 (2.44)

L

Standard

M60 (2.36)

30 (1.18) 7 (0.28)

41 (1.61) 2.7 (0.11)

45°

3 (0.12) 4- ø5.8 (ø0.228)

1

3

2

4

KL 9.9 (0.39)

68 (2.68) (Note 3)

25.2 (0.99)

ø7 (ø2 0 .75

6)

connector pin assignment 4

2

5

3

6 A

Insulok (Note 3)

Model

Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) in standard case 5557-06R-210 (receptacle) (Note 3) 5556PBT (female terminal)

A

Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth 5 B1 6 B2

20 (0.79)

Protective tubing

Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) With 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP)

1

Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch)

Brake lead (Note 3) 2-0.32 0.3m (11.8 inch)

Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth

with Brake Power-supply 42.8 (1.69)

10.6 (0.42)

ø50h7 0 (ø1.969 -0.0010 )

ø14h6 0 (ø0.5512 -0.0004 )

38.4 (1.51)

A

Power-supply connector pin assignment

Variable dimensions L

KL

HC-KFS23 (B) HC-MFS23 (B)

99.5 (3.92) <131.5 (5.18)>

49.1 (1.93)

HC-KFS43 (B) HC-MFS43 (B)

124.5 (4.90) <156.5 (6.16)>

72.1 (2.84)

●HC-KFS73 (B), HC-MFS73 (B) M82 (3.23)

142 (5.59) <177.5 (6.99)>

45°

3 (0.12) 4- ø6.6 (ø0.260)

72 (2.83) Brake lead (Note 3) 2-0.32 0.3m (11.8 inch)

Insulok (Note 3) Protective tubing

A

Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 5. For HC-KFS053 (B) and KFS13 (B).

21

Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) in standard case 5557-06R-210 (receptacle) (Note 3) 5556PBT (female terminal)

20 (0.79) 19.5 (0.77)

1

3

2

4 A

58.1 (2.29)

ø9 (ø3 0 .54 3)

86.7 (3.41) 9.9 (0.39) Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch)

(Note 3)

Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) With 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP)

Standard

ø70h7 0 (ø2.756 -0.0012 )

ø19h6 0 (ø0.7480 -0.0005 )

48.7 (1.92) 25.2 (0.99)

11 (0.43)

M80 (3.15)

40 (1.57) 8 (0.31)

39 (1.54) 2.7 (0.11)

Power-supply connector pin assignment Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth

with Brake Power-supply connector pin assignment 1

4

2

5

3

6 A

Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth 5 B1 6 B2


Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch)

● HC-KFS46 30 (1.18) 7 (0.28)

3 (0.12)

ø14h6 0 (ø0.5512 -0.0004 )

4 5°

0 ø7 756) . (ø2

38.4 (1.51)

2.7 (0.11)

M60 (2.36) 4-ø5.8 (ø0.228)

42.8 (1.69)

134 (5.28) 41 (1.61)

0 ø50h7 (ø1.969 -0.0010 )

M62 (2.44)

10.6 (0.42) 81.6 (3.21) 9.9 (0.39) Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch)

25.2 (0.99)

20 (0.79)

Power-supply connector pin assignment

Protective tubing Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) 5556PBT (female terminal)

Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) with 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP)

1

3

2

4 A

A

Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth

● HC-KFS410 M60 (2.36)

30 (1.18) 7 (0.28)

3 (0.12)

4-ø5.8 (ø0.228)

ø14h6 0 (ø0.5512 -0.0004 )

45°

0 ø 7 756) . (ø2

38.4 (1.51)

2.7 (0.11)

42.8 (1.69)

134 (5.28) 41 (1.61)

0 ø50h7(ø1.969 -0.0010 )

M62 (2.44)

10.6 (0.42) 81.6 (3.21) 9.9 (0.39) Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch)

25.2 (0.99)

20 (0.79)

Power-supply connector pin assignment

Protective tubing Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) with 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP)

Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) 5556PBT (female terminal) A

1

3

2

4 A

Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth

Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance.

22


Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch)

● HC-SFS81 (B) ● HC-SFS52 (B), HC-SFS102 (B), HC-SFS152 (B), HC-SFS524 (B), HC-SFS1024 (B), HC-SFS1524 (B) ● HC-SFS53 (B), HC-SFS103 (B), HC-SFS153 (B)

12 (0.47)

4-ø9 (0.354) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts

M130 (5.12)

55 (2.17)

L

3 (0.12)

45°

(Note 3)

81.5 (3.21)

(Note 3) Oil seal S30457B

Motor flange direction

45 9) ø1 5.70 (ø

Brake (Note 3)

U G B

E H D

ø1 (ø6 65 .49 6)

V

A

F

C

W

Earth Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A22-23P

111 (4.37)

(Note 3)

ø24h6 0 (ø0.9449 -0.0005 ) ø110h7 0 (ø4.331-0.0014 )

50 (1.97)

19.5 (0.77) 41 (1.61)

KL Power-supply connector CE05-2A22-23P Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P

Model

Variable dimensions

1000 r/min

2000 r/min

3000 r/min

L

KL

HC-SFS52 (B) HC-SFS524 (B)

HC-SFS53 (B)

120 (4.72) <153 (6.02)>

51.5 (2.03)

HC-SFS102 (B) HC-SFS103 (B) HC-SFS1024 (B)

145 (5.71) <178 (7.01)>

76.5 (3.01)

HC-SFS152 (B) HC-SFS81 (B) HC-SFS153 (B) HC-SFS1524 (B)

170 (6.69) <203 (7.99)>

101.5 (4.00)

● HC-SFS121 (B), HC-SFS201 (B), HC-SFS301 (B) ● HC-SFS202 (B), HC-SFS352 (B), HC-SFS502 (B), HC-SFS702 (B), HC-SFS2024 (B), HC-SFS3524 (B), HC-SFS5024 (B), HC-SFS7024 (B) ● HC-SFS203 (B), HC-SFS353 (B) 79 (3.11)

L 39.5 (1.56)

18 (0.71)

3 (0.12)

4-ø13.5 (0.531) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts M176 (6.93) 45°

U F G E D

75 (2.95) Oil seal S40608B

30 ø2 .055) (ø9

(Note 3)

(Note 3)

19.5 (0.77)

KL

69 (2.72)

Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P

(Note 3)

#1 and #2 are screw holes for hanging bolt. (M8) Only HC-SFS702 (4) (B) has screw holes for hanging bolt.

Model

KL

KA

HC-SFS202 (B) HC-SFS203 (B) HC-SFS2024 (B)

145 (5.71) <193 (7.60)>

68.5 (2.70)

142 (5.59)

46 (1.81)

HC-SFS201 (B)

HC-SFS352 (B) HC-SFS353 (B) HC-SFS3524 (B)

187 (7.36) <235 (9.25)>

110.5 (4.35)

142 (5.59)

46 (1.81)

208 (8.19) <256 (10.08)>

131.5 (5.18)

142 (5.59)

46 (1.81)

292 (11.50) <340 (13.39)>

210.5 (8.29)

150 (5.91)

58 (2.28)

2000 r/min

HC-SFS502 (B) HC-SFS301 (B) HC-SFS5024 (B) —

23

Variable dimensions

HC-SFS121 (B)

1000 r/min

Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance.

W Power-supply connector pin assignment (for 7kW) CE05-2A32-17P

KB

Power-supply connector CE05-2A24-10P (for less than 5kW) CE05-2A32-17P (for 7kW) Brake connector MS3102A10SL-4P

Brake Brake connector pin assignment MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 3)

Motor flange direction U D A V Earth C B

KA

#1 (Note 3) #2

ø35 +00.010 0 ø114.3 -0.025 (ø1.3780 0 (ø4.5 -0.001 ) +00.0003 )

117 (4.61) 81.5 (3.21)

#1

A B

V

A B

W C Earth Power-supply connector pin assignment (for less than 5kW) CE05-2A24-10P

00 ø2 874) . (ø7

(Note 3)

Motor flange direction

Motor flange direction

HC-SFS702 (B) HC-SFS7024 (B)

3000 r/min

L

KB


Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch)

● HC-LFS52 (B), HC-LFS102 (B), HC-LFS152 (B)

Oil seal S30457B

45°

ø1 (ø6 65 .49 6) 111 (4.37)

81.5 (3.21)

50 (1.97)

ø1 (ø 45 5.7 09 )

3 (0.12)

0 ø24h6 (ø0.9449 -0.0005 )

12 (0.47)

0 ø110h7 (ø4.331 -0.0014 )

39.5 (1.56)

4-ø9 (0.354) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

M130 (5.12)

55 (2.17)

L

Motor flange direction 19.5 (0.77)

Brake (Note 3)

U G

KL Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P

Power-supply connector CE05-2A22-23P

V

A

F E H D

41 (1.61)

B C

W

Earth Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A22-23P

Variable dimensions

Model

L

KL

HC-LFS52 (B)

145.5 (5.73) <178.5 (7.03)>

77 (3.03)

HC-LFS102 (B)

165.5 (6.52) <198.5 (7.81)>

97 (3.82)

HC-LFS152 (B)

193 (7.6) <226 (8.9)>

124.5 (4.9)

● HC-LFS202 (B), HC-LFS302 (B)

39.5 (1.56)

4-ø13.5 (0.531) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

79 (3.11)

L 18 (0.71)

M176 (6.93)

3 (0.12)

45°

75 (2.95) 30 ø2 .055) (ø9

81.5 (3.21)

00 ) ø2 .874 (ø7

KL

69 (2.72) (Note 3)

0

ø114.3 -0.025 0 (ø4.5 -0.001 )

19.5 (0.77)

Power-supply connector CE05-2A24-10P

Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P

Brake connector MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 3)

142 (5.59)

+0.010

ø35 0 (ø1.3780 +0.0003 ) 0

(Note 3)

117 (4.61) (Note 3)

Oil seal S40608B

46 (1.81) Motor flange direction

Motor flange direction U

A B

Brake Brake connector pin assignment MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 3)

F G E D

A

V

B

W C Earth Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A24-10P

Model

Variable dimensions L

KL

HC-LFS202 (B)

200 (7.87) <248 (9.76)>

123.5 (4.86)

HC-LFS302 (B)

250 (9.84) <298 (11.73)>

173.5 (6.83)

Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance.

24


Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch)

● HC-RFS103 (B), HC-RFS153 (B), HC-RFS203 (B) L

M100 (3.94)

45 (1.77)

4-ø9 (0.354) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

10 (0.39)

Oil seal S30457B

81.5 (3.21)

45°

ø24h6 0 (ø0.9449 -0.0005 ) ø95h7 0 (ø3.740 -0.014 )

3 (0.12) 40 (1.57)

ø (ø5 135 .31 4)

15 ø1 528) . (ø4

96 (3.78)

39.5 (1.56)

Motor flange direction U

Brake (Note 3)

A

41 (1.61)

H B

E

Power-supply connector CE05-2A22-23P

Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P

V

G

F

KL

19.5 (0.77)

D

Earth

C

W

Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A22-23P

Variable dimensions

Model

L

KL

HC-RFS103 (B)

147 (5.79) <185 (7.28)>

71 (2.80)

HC-RFS153 (B)

172 (6.77) <210 (8.27)>

96 (3.78)

HC-RFS203 (B)

197 (7.76) <235 (9.25)>

121 (4.76)

● HC-RFS353 (B), HC-RFS503 (B)

3 (0.12) 58 (2.28)

(Note 3)

(Note 3)

81.5 (3.21)

(Note 3)

Oil seal S30457B

M130 (5.12) 45°

45 9) ø1 5.70 (ø

ø1 (ø6 65 .49 6)

KL 19.5 (0.77) Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P

4-ø9 (0.354) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

120 (4.72)

0 ø28h6 (ø1.1024 -0.0005 )

63 (2.48) 12 (0.47)

0 ø110h7 (ø4.331-0.0014 )

L 39.5 (1.56)

Motor flange direction Brake (Note 3)

U F

Power-supply connector CE05-2A24-10P

E

Earth

V

G A D

46 (1.81) B

C

W

Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A24-10P

Model

Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance.

25

Variable dimensions L

KL

HC-RFS353 (B)

217 (8.54) <254 (10.00)>

148 (5.83)

HC-RFS503 (B)

274 (10.79) <311 (12.24)>

205 (8.07)


Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch)

● HA-LFS502 Power-supply connector CE05-2A24-10P M200 (7.87)

85 (3.35)

225 (8.86)

4-ø14.5 (0.571) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

3 (0.12)

81.5 (3.21)

80 (3.15)

M8 screw

5.2 (0.20)

25 (0.98)

146 (5.75)

20 (0.79)

0 ø42h6 (ø1.6535 -0.0006 )

60 (2.36) 45°

0 ø180h7 (ø7.0866 -0.0018 )

19.5 (0.77)

ø215 (ø8.465) ø (ø9 250 .84 3)

134 (5.28)

300 (11.81)

Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P

Oil seal S50689B Motor flange direction U F

A

V

G E

B

D C

Earth

W

Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A24-10P

● HA-LFS702 Power-supply connector CE05-2A32-17P M200 (7.87)

85 (3.35)

3 (0.12)

81.5 (3.21)

80 (3.15)

M8 screw

25 (0.98)

5.2 (0.20)

4-ø14.5 (0.571) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

146 (5.75)

20 (0.79)

60 (2.36) 45°

ø180h7

267 (10.51)

0 (ø7.0866 -0.0018)

342 (13.46) 19.5 (0.77)

0 ø42h6 (ø1.6535 -0.0006 )

Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P

ø215 (ø8.465) ø (ø9 250 .84 3)

Oil seal S50689B Motor flange direction Earth

W

U D

A

C

B

V

Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A32-17P

Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance.

26


Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch)

● HA-LFS601 (B) ● HA-LFS701M (B) ● HA-LFS11K2 (B), HA-LFS11K24 (B) Encoder connector

Brake connector

MS3102A20-29P

MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 4)

Hanger screw hole

85 (3.35)

Bolt: M10x20 (0.7874) (Note 4) M200 (7.87)

426 (16.77) <498 (19.61)>

3-hanger (M10) (Note 6)

(Note 4) 93 (3.66)

80 (3.15)

st air

Exhau

Suction air

Cooling fan rotating direction

45°

3 (0.12)

20 (0.79) (Note 4)

(Note 4)

M8 screw

19.8 (0.78)

(Note 4)

5.2 (0.205)

142 (5.59)

27 (1.06)

0 ø42h6 (ø1.6535 -0.0006 )

146 (5.75)

4-ø14.5 (0.571) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

55 (2.17)

262 (10.31) <334 (13.15)>

ø44 (ø1.732) hole

11 (0.43)

6 (0.24)

0 ø180h7 (ø7.0866 -0.0018 )

206 (8.11)

102 (4.02)

6 (0.24)

5 ø21 5) 6 (ø8.4 ø (ø9 250 .84 3)

171 (6.73)

480 (18.9) <550 (21.65)>

Motor flange direction Oil seal A

S50689B (in standard case) S45629B (with electromagnetic brake)

B

Brake Brake connector pin assignment MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 4)

* When the motor is used without a hanger, plug the thread hole with a bolt of M10✕20 (0.7874) or less.

● HA-LFS801 (B), HA-LFS12K1 (B), HA-LFS8014 (B) (special-order) (Note 7), HA-LFS12K14 (B) (special-order) (Note 7) ● HA-LFS11K1M (B), HA-LFS15K1M (B), HA-LFS11K1M4 (B), HA-LFS15K1M4 (B) ● HA-LFS15K2 (B), HA-LFS22K2 (B), HA-LFS15K24 (B), HA-LFS22K24 (B) MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 4)

180 (7.09)

27 (1.06)

200 (7.87)

110 (4.33)

M250 (9.84) (Note 4) 111.5 (4.39)

205 (8.07)

25 (0.98)

(Note 4)

M254 (10.0)

140 (5.51)

Exhaust air

45°

5 (0.2)

100 (3.94)

Suction air

20.4 (0.803)

8)

6.6 (0.26)

(Note 4)

ø3 (ø1 00 1.81 1)

60 (2.36)

209 (8.23)

60 (2.36)

6 (0.24)

ø55m6 (ø2.1654 0.0012 0.0004 )

250 (9.84)

ø44 (ø1.732) hole

L 6 (0.24)

Cooling fan rotating direction

4-ø14.5 (0.571) Hanger screw hole Bolt: M12x22 (0.87) (Note 4) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

Brake connector

3-hanger (M12) (Note 6)

MS3102A20-29P

0 ø230h7 (ø9.0551-0.0018 )

Encoder connector

65 ø2 33) .4 (ø 10

37

6

(1

4.

M10 screw Hanger screw hole Motor flange direction

A

Bolt: M12x22 (0.87) (Note 4)

Oil seal

S709513B (in standard case) S60829B (with electromagnetic brake)

B

Brake Brake connector pin assignment MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 4)

Model 1000r/min

HA-LFS801 (B) HA-LFS8014 (B) (special-order)

Variable dimensions 1500r/min

2000r/min

L

HA-LFS11K1M (B) HA-LFS15K2 (B) HA-LFS11K1M4 (B) HA-LFS15K24 (B)

495 (19.49) <610 (24.02)>

HA-LFS12K1 (B) HA-LFS15K1M (B) HA-LFS22K2 (B) HA-LFS12K14 (B) (special-order) HA-LFS15K1M4 (B) HA-LFS22K24 (B)

555 (21.85) <670 (26.38)>

* When the motor is used without a hanger, plug the thread hole with a bolt of M12x20 (0.7874) or less.

27

Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 5. Leave a clearance of at least 100mm between the motor's suction side and wall. 6. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole. 7. The motors are special-order products. Contact Mitsubishi for details on the servo amplifier type and the types of servo motors that are combined with the servo amplifier, and for information on the delivery schedule.


Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch)

● HA-LFS30K1M ● HA-LFS30K2, HA-LFS37K2

KL

M280 (11.02)

LT 5 (0.2)

160 (6.3)

Exhaust air

Cooling fan rotating direction

45°

140 (5.51)

Suction air

25 (0.984)

ø3 (ø 50 13 .7 8)

8 (0.315)

M12 screw

FA

Oil seal S659013B

108 (4.25)

FA

00 ø3 11) 1.8

(ø1

55 (2.17) 127 (5)

4-ø15 (0.591) mounting hole

FB

260 (10.24)

Encoder connector 25 (0.98) MS3102A20-29P 1-hanger (M16) (Note 4, 5)

192 (7.56)

ø63 (2.48) hole

20 (0.79)

27 (1.06)

0 ø250h7 (ø9.8425 -0.0018 )

6 (0.24)

266 (10.47)

ø60m6 (ø2.3622 0.0012 0.0004 )

286 (11.26)

0 0 160 -0.5 (6.3 -0.02 )

138 (5.43)

6 (0.24) 11 (0.43)

4-ø19 (0.748) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

140 (5.51)

L

127 (5)

310 (12.2)

Model

Variable dimensions

1500r/min

2000r/min

L

LT

KL

FA

FB

HA-LFS30K2

615 (24.21)

381 (15)

421 (16.57)

105 (4.13)

260 (10.24)

HA-LFS30K1M

HA-LFS37K2

660 (25.98) 426 (16.77) 466 (18.35)

127 (5)

304 (11.97)

● HA-LFS37K1, HA-LFS37K14 ● HA-LFS50K1M4

785 (30.91) 584 (22.99)

Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P

25 (0.98)

216 (8.5)

1-hanger (M16) (Note 4, 5)

Exhaust air

184 (7.24)

Cooling fan rotating direction

M350 (13.78)

544 (21.42) ø63 (2.48) hole

45°

5 (0.2)

170 (6.69)

Suction air 30 (1.181)

9 (0.354)

280 (11.02)

138 (5.43)

0 ø35 8) .7 (ø13 ø4 (ø15 00 .748 )

M16 screw Oil seal S8511013B 178 (7.01)

178 (7.01)

412 (16.22)

121 (4.76)

25 (0.98)

6 (0.24) 27 (1.06)

0 0 180 -0.5 (7.09 -0.02 )

352 (13.86) 266 (10.47)

ø80m6 (ø3.1496 0.0012 0.0004 )

11 (0.43)

ø300h7 0 (ø11.811 -0.002 )

6 (0.24)

4-ø19 (0.748) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

170 (6.69)

70 (2.76)

4-ø24 (0.945) mounting hole

139.5 (5.49) 139.5 (5.49) 349 (13.74)

Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3. Leave a clearance of at least 150mm between the motor's suction side and wall. 4. When the motor is used without a hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M16x20 (0.7874) or less. 5. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole.

28


Motor Dimensions ● HA-LFS15K1, HA-LFS20K1, HA-LFS15K14 (special-order) (Note 6), HA-LFS20K14 (special-order) ● HA-LFS22K1M, HA-LFS22K1M4, HA-LFS30K1M4 ● HA-LFS30K24, HA-LFS37K24 KL

Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P

179 (7.05) Suction air

25 (0.98)

5 (0.2)

1-hanger (M16) (Note 4, 5) Exhaust air

152 (5.98)

Cooling fan rotating direction

M280 (11.02)

LT ø51 (2.01) hole

140 (5.51)

25 (0.984) M12 screw

FA

8 (0.315)

45°

ø3 (ø1 50 3.7 8)

00 ø3 .81) 1 (ø1

Oil seal S659013B 55 (2.17) 108 (4.25) 4-ø15 (0.591) mounting hole

FA FB

230 (9.06)

128 (5.04)

20 (0.79)

27 (1.06)

127 (5)

0 0 160 -0.5 (6.3 -0.02 )

6 (0.24)

220 (8.66)

ø60m6 (ø2.3622 0.0012 0.0004 )

286 (11.26)

0 ø250h7 (ø9.8425 -0.0011 )

6 (0.24) 11 (0.43)

4-ø19 (0.748) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

140 (5.51)

L

Unit: mm (inch)

(Note 6)

127 (5)

310 (12.2)

Model 1000r/min

Variable dimensions

1500r/min

HA-LFS15K1 HA-LFS15K14 (special-order)

HA-LFS22K1M HA-LFS22K1M4

HA-LFS20K1 HA-LFS20K14 (special-order)

HA-LFS30K1M4

(Note 6),

138 (5.43)

260 (10.24)

650 (25.59)

431 (16.97)

471 (18.54)

127 (5)

304 (11.97)

4-ø19 (0.748) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

KL M350 (13.78)

LT Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P 216 (8.5)

ø63 (2.48) hole

25 (0.98)

5 (0.2)

45°

1-hanger (M16) (Note 4, 5) Exhaust air

184 (7.24)

Cooling fan rotating direction

105 (4.13)

140 (5.51)

Suction air

30 (1.181)

ø4 (ø1 00 5.7 48 )

9 (0.354)

50 ø3 .78) 3 (ø1

M16 screw

FA

FA FB

121 (4.76)

Oil seal S709513B

280 (11.02)

27 (1.06)

FB

426 (16.77)

22 (0.87)

6 (0.24)

266 (10.47)

FA

386 (15.2)

140 (5.51)

ø65m6 (ø2.55910.0012 0.0004 )

352 (13.86)

KL

605 (23.82)

0 ø300h7 (ø11.811-0.0013 )

11 (0.43)

HA-LFS37K24

LT

HA-LFS30K14

L 6 (0.24)

HA-LFS30K24

L

0 0 180 -0.5 (7.09 -0.02 )

● HA-LFS25K1, HA-LFS30K1, HA-LFS25K14 (special-order) ● HA-LFS37K1M, HA-LFS37K1M4, HA-LFS45K1M4 ● HA-LFS45K24, HA-LFS55K24

2000r/min

70 (2.76)

4-ø19 (0.748) mounting hole

139.5 (5.49)

139.5 (5.49)

349 (13.74)

Model 1000r/min

29

1500r/min

Variable dimensions 2000r/min

L

LT

KL

FA

FB

399 (15.71)

439 (17.28)

101.5 (4)

262 (10.31)

444 (17.48)

484 (19.06)

120.5 (4.74)

300 (11.81)

HA-LFS25K1 HA-LFS25K14 (special-order)

HA-LFS37K1M HA-LFS37K1M4

HA-LFS45K24

640 (25.2)

HA-LFS30K1 HA-LFS30K14

HA-LFS45K1M4

HA-LFS55K24

685 (26.97)

Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3. Leave a clearance of at least 150mm between the motor's suction side and wall. 4. When the motor is used without a hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M16x20 (0.7874) or less. 5. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole. 6. The motors are special-order products. Contact Mitsubishi for details on the servo amplifier type and the types of servo motors that are combined with the servo amplifier, and for information on the delivery schedule.


Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch)

● HC-UFS72 (B), HC-UFS152 (B)

M176 (6.93)

55 (2.17) 3 (0.12)

L 39.5 (1.56)

13 (0.51)

40°

0 0 ø114.3 -0.025 (ø4.5 -0.001 )

Oil seal S30457B

00 ø2 .874) (ø7

ø (ø9 230 .06 )

144 (5.67)

81.5 (3.21)

(Note 3)

15 ø2 .46) 8 (ø

(Note 3)

0 øSh6 (øS-0.0005 )

2-M6 screw 50 (1.97) (Note 3)

45°

Motor flange direction 19.5 (0.77)

Brake (Note 3) U

Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P

KL Power-supply connector CE05-2A22-23P Earth

G H A

F E

V 44 (1.73)

B

D C

4-ø13.5 (ø0.531) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

W

Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A22-23P

Variable dimensions

Model

L

KL

S

HC-UFS72 (B)

110.5 (4.35) <144 (5.67)>

38 (1.50)

22 (0.8661)

HC-UFS152 (B)

120 (4.72) <153.5 (6.04)>

47.5 (1.87)

28 (1.1024)

● HC-UFS202 (B), HC-UFS352 (B), HC-UFS502 (B)

L

M220 (8.66)

65 (2.56) 4 (0.16) 60 (2.36)

° 37.5

2-M8 screw

(Note 3) 42 (1.65)

(Note 3)

19.5 (0.77) Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P (Note 3) Brake connector MS3102A10SL-4P

ø35 +0.010 (ø1.3780) 0

35 ø2 252) . (ø9

Oil seal S40608B

45°

164 (6.46)

(Note 3)

81.5 (3.21)

139 (5.47)

(Note 3)

50 ø2 .84) (ø9

0 0 ø200-0.046 (ø7.874 -0.0018 )

16 (0.63)

KL

Power-supply connector CE05-2A24-10P Motor flange direction U V F G

A

C

(Note 3)

W

Earth Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A24-10P

47 (1.85)

Motor flange direction AB

Brake connector pin assignment MS3102A10SL-4P

Model

Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance.

4-ø13.5 (ø0.531) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts.

Brake (Note 3)

B

E D

ø2 (ø1 70 0.6 3)

Variable dimensions L

KL

HC-UFS202 (B)

118 (4.65) <161 (6.34)>

42.5 (1.67)

HC-UFS352 (B)

142 (5.59) <185 (7.28)>

66.5 (2.62)

HC-UFS502 (B)

166 (6.54) <209 (8.23)>

90.5 (3.56)

30


Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch)

● HC-UFS13 (B) M60 (2.36)

40 (1.57) 26.9 (1.06)

(Note 3)

3

2

4

4

2

5

3

Insulok (Note 3)

6 A

Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) in standard case 5557-06R-210 (receptacle) (Note 3) 5556PBT (female terminal)

A

Pin No. Signal Name U phase 1 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth

connector pin assignment 1

Protective tubing

Brake cable (Note 3) cabtire cable 2-0.752 0.3m (11.8 inch)

Power-supply connector pin assignment

with Brake Power-supply

Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch)

Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) With 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP)

1

A

Oil seal SC10207

33 (1.30) 9.9 (0.39)

46.7 (1.84)

Standard ø (ø2 70 .75 6)

0

3 (0.12)

45°

4-ø5.8 (ø0.228)

ø50h7 (ø1.969 -0.001)

3 (0.12)

ø40 (ø1.57)

5 (0.20)

0 ø8h6 (ø0.3150-0.0004 )

25 (0.98)

70 (2.76) <100 (3.94)>

Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth 5 B1 6 B2

● HC-UFS23 (B), HC-UFS43 (B) M80 (3.15)

30 (1.18)

50 (1.97)

3.5 (0.14)

26.9 (1.06)

4-ø6.6 (ø0.260)

ø56 (ø2.205)

3 (0.12)

0 ø70h7 (ø2.756 -0.0012 )

8 (0.31)

0 ø14h6 (ø0.5512 -0.0004 )

L

Standard

45°

1

3

2

4 A

(ø ø90 3.5 43 )

connector pin assignment 1

4

2

5

3

47.2 (1.86) (Note 3)

Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase W phase 3 4 Earth

with Brake Power-supply

Oil seal SC15307

KL 9.9 (0.39)

Power-supply connector pin assignment

6 A

Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth 5 B1 6 B2

Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch)

Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) With 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP)

Insulok (Note 3)

Variable dimensions

Model

L

KL

HC-UFS23 (B)

77 (3.03) <111 (4.37)>

43.8 (1.72)

HC-UFS43 (B)

92 (3.62) <126 (4.96)>

58.8 (2.31)

Protective tubing

Brake cable (Note 3) cabtire cable 2-0.752 0.3m (11.8 inch)

Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) in standard case 5557-06R-210 (receptacle) (Note 3) 5556PBT (female terminal) A

● HC-UFS73 (B)

3.5 (0.14)

Oil seal SC20357

55.5 (2.19) 9.9 (0.39) (Note 3) Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) With 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP) Brake cable (Note 3) cabtire cable 2-0.752 0.3m (11.8 inch)

Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch)

ø (ø 145 5.7 09 )

65 ) ø1 6.50 (ø

<76 (2.99)>

Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance.

1

3

2

4 A

20 (0.79)

Protective tubing

70 (2.76) <96 (3.78)>

31

Standard

Insulok (Note 3)

A

4-ø9 (ø0.354)

76 (2.99)

72 (2.83)

32.5 (1.28)

45°

ø80 (ø3.15)

2.5 (0.10)

26.9 (1.06)

M123 (4.84)

40 (1.57)

0 ø110h7 (ø4.331 -0.0014 )

10 (0.39)

0 ø19h6 (ø0.7480 -0.0005 )

85 (3.35) <111 (4.37)>

Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) in standard case 5557-06R-210 (receptacle) (Note 3) 5556PBT (female terminal)

Power-supply connector pin assignment Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth

with Brake Power-supply connector pin assignment 1

4

2

5

3

6 A

Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth 5 B1 6 B2


Special Specifications Special shaft end specifications Motors with the following modifications are available. HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series ● With key (200, 400, 750W) Variable dimensions

Motor series

Capacity (W)

QL

U

Y

HC-KFS (Note 4) HC-MFS

200, 400

5 14h6 (0.5512 – 00.0004 ) (0.197)

30 (1.18)

20 27 5 (1.06) (0.197) (0.79)

3 (0.12)

3 (0.12)

M4 screw Depth: 15mm (0.591 inch)

750

6 0 (0.236) 19h6 (0.7480 – 0.0005 )

40 (1.57)

25 37 6 (1.46) (0.236) (0.98)

5 (0.20)

3.5 (0.14)

M5 screw Depth: 20mm (0.787 inch)

200, 400

5 14h6 (0.5512 – 00.0004 ) (0.197)

30 (1.18)

20 23.5 5 (0.93) (0.197) (0.79)

3 (0.12)

3 (0.12)

M4 screw Depth: 15mm (0.591 inch)

750

6 19h6 (0.7480 – 00.0005 ) (0.236)

40 (1.57)

25 32.5 6 (1.28) (0.236) (0.98)

5 (0.20)

3.5 (0.14)

M5 screw Depth: 20mm (0.787 inch)

HC-UFS

T

(Note 1)

Q

R

S

QK

W

R 27 (1.06) Q

R Q QK

R 3.5 (0.14) 2.5 (0.10)

QL

A

Q øS

W

U

T A

Y

A-A HC-UFS23, 43

HC-UFS73

Unit: mm (inch)

R

● D-cut (50, 100W)

R 21.5 (0.85)

Capacity (W)

HC-KFS HC-MFS

Variable dimensions QK

R

QK

50, 100

25 (0.98)

20.5 (0.81)

100

25 (0.98)

17.5 (0.69)

HC-UFS (Note 1)

QK

HC-MFS, HC-UFS

1 (0.039)

Motor series

ø8h6 (ø0.3150– 00.009 )

HC-KFS

Unit: mm (inch)

HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min, HA-LFS series ● Key way Variable dimensions W

QK

50 (1.97) 75 (2.95) 40 (1.57) 58 (2.28) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36)

0 8 –0.036 0 (0.315 –0.001 ) 0 10 –0.036 0 (0.394 –0.001 ) 0 8 –0.036 0 (0.315 –0.001) 0 8 –0.036 0 (0.315 –0.001 ) 0 6 –0.036 0 (0.236 –0.001) 0 8 –0.036 0 (0.315 –0.001 ) 0 10 –0.036 0 (0.394 –0.001 )

U

r

5 (0.20) 5 (0.20) 5 (0.20) 5 (0.20) 3 (0.12) 5 (0.20) 5 (0.20)

4 +0.2 0 (0.16 +0.008 ) 0 5 +0.2 0 (0.20 +0.008 ) 0 4 +0.2 0 +0.008 (0.16 0 ) 4 +0.2 0 +0.008 (0.16 0 ) 3.5 +0.1 0 +0.004 (0.14 0 ) 4 +0.2 0 (0.16 +0.008 ) 0 5 +0.2 0 +0.008 (0.20 0 )

Y

4 (0.16) 5 (0.20) 4 (0.16) M8 screw 4 (0.16) Depth: 20mm A (0.787 inch) 3 (0.12) 4 (0.16) 5 (0.20)

R Q QK

U

QL A

A r

Y

A-A

Fig. A

R

Variable dimensions

S R Q 601, 85 80 42h6 701M, 0 (1.6535 –0.0006 ) (3.35) (3.15) 502, 702, 11K2, 11K24 801, 12K1, 8014 (Note 5), 12K14 55m6 110 100 (Note 5), 11K1M, 15K1M, 11K1M4, 0.0012 15K1M4, 15K2, 22K2, 15K24, 22K24 (2.1654 0.0004 ) (4.33) (3.94) 15K1, 20K1, 15K14 (Note 5), 20K14 60m6 140 140 HA-LFS (Note 5), 22K1M, 30K1M, 22K1M4, 0.0012 (2.3622 0.0004 ) (5.51) (5.51) 30K1M4, 30K2, 37K2, 30K24, 37K24 25K1, 30K1, 25K14 (Note 5), 65m6 140 140 30K14, 37K1M, 37K1M4, 0.0012 (2.5591 0.0004 ) (5.51) (5.51) 45K1M4, 45K24, 55K24 37K1, 37K14, 50K1M4

36 (1.42) 55 (2.17) 25 (0.98) 45 (1.77) 42 (1.65) 45 (1.77) 50 (1.97)

QL

80m6 170 170 0.0012 (3.1496 0.0004 ) (6.69) (6.69)

W

QK

QL

0

U

r

Y

Fig.

+0.2

5 0 70 5 6 12 –0.04 +0.008 0 ) (0.24) (0.47–0.002 ) (2.76) (0.2) (0.2 0 0

Q A

+0.2

90 5 8 6 0 16 –0.04 0 ) (0.31) (0.63–0.002 ) (3.54) (0.2) (0.24 +0.008 0

Same as +0.2 0 standard 9 7 0 128 6 18 –0.04 motor’s +0.008 (0.35) 0 (5.04) (0.24) (0.28 0 ) (0.71–0.002 ) straight shaft. 0 +0.2 9 128 6 7 0 18 –0.04 (0.71 0 ) (5.04) (0.24) (0.28 +0.008) (0.35) –0.002

0 22 –0.04 0 (0.87–0.002 )

0

147 11 (5.79) (0.43)

+0.2 9 0 (0.35 +0.008 ) 0

U

r

A

øS

Model (HA-LFS)

Motor series

55 (2.17) 79 (3.11) 45 (1.77) 63 (2.48) 55 (2.17) 55 (2.17) 65 (2.56)

Q

W

24h6 0 HC-SFS 0.5 to 1.5 (0.9449 –0.0005 ) HC-LFS +0.01 35 0 (Note 3) 2.0 to 7.0 (1.3780 +0.0004 ) 0 24h6 1.0, 1.5, 0 (0.9449 –0.0005 ) 2.0 HC-RFS 28h6 3.5, 5.0 0 (1.1024 –0.0005 ) 22h6 0.75 0 (0.8661–0.0005 ) 28h6 1.5 HC-UFS 0 (1.1024 –0.0005 ) 35 +0.01 2.0, 3.5, 0 (1.3780 +0.0004 ) 5.0 0 (Note 1, 2)

R

øS

Fig. S

W

Motor Capacity series (kW)

A QK

QL A-A

B

Y

Fig. B

11 (0.43)

(Note 1, 2) Notes: 1. Cannot be used in applications that involve high frequency. Loose keys may damage motor shaft - voiding motor warranty. 2. Keys are not installed. Keys are installed by the purchaser. 3. The HC-SFS121 is the same as the lower row (2.0 to 7.0kW). 4. The HC-KFS46 and HC-KFS410 servomotors are compatible with the keyway specifications. The dimensions are the same for the HC-KFS23K and HC-KFS43K. 5. The motors are special-order products. Contact Mitsubishi for details on the delivery schedule.

Unit: mm (inch)

32


Special Specifications Electromagnetic brake specifications Motor model

HC-KFS, MFS 13B

0.32 45.3

0.32 45.3

1.3 184

1.3 184

6.3

6.3

7.9

7.9

9

19

5.6

5.6

22

22

64

400

4500

4500

4500

793.6

793.6

3117.6

3117.6

9069.3

56683.3

637687.1

637687.1

637687.1

23B 43B Spring-action safety brake

Type

(J)/time (oz·in)/time (J)/hour

220

640

4000

45000

45000

45000

31176

90693

566833

6376871

6376871

6376871

Times

20000 (4J)

20000 (4J)

20000 (15J)

20000 (15J)

20000 (32J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (1000J)

20000 (1000J)

20000 (1000J)

HC-SFS 2000r/min 202B 352B 152B Spring-action safety brake

52B

102B

8.3

8.3

8.3

24VDC -10% 43.1

1176 19

1176 19

1176 19

6103 34

502B

702B

524B

1024B

(J)/time (oz·in)/time (J)/hour

400

400

56683.3

56683.3

7024B

43.1

43.1

43.1

8.3

8.3

8.3

24VDC -10% 43.1

43.1

43.1

43.1

6103 34

6103 34

6103 34

1176 19

1176 19

1176 19

6103 34

6103 34

6103 34

6103 34

400

4500

4500

4500

4500

0

4500 4500 4500 4500 400 400 56683.3 637687.1 637687.1 637687.1 637687.1 56683.3 45000

45000

45000

45000

400

56683.3 637687.1 637687.1 637687.1 637687.1

56683.3

45000

45000

45000

45000

4000

4000

4000

4000

4000

4000

566833

566833

566833

6376871 6376871 6376871 6376871

566833

566833

566833

6376871 6376871 6376871 6376871

Times

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (1000J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (1000J)

20000 (1000J)

HC-SFS 3000r/min 103B 153B 203B

53B

353B

20000 (1000J)

52B

20000 (1000J)

(J)/time (oz·in)/time (J)/hour

HC-LFS 152B

102B

202B

302B

103B

20000 (1000J)

153B

Spring-action safety brake

0

(N·m)

(oz·in) Power consumption (W) at 20°C

8.3

24VDC -10% 8.3

43.1

43.1

8.3

8.3

24VDC -10% 8.3 43.1

1176 19

1176 19

1176 19

6103 34

6103 34

1176 19

1176 19

1176 19

400

400

400

4500

4500

400

400

400

HC-RFS 203B

20000 (1000J)

353B

503B

Spring-action safety brake

0

8.3

20000 (1000J)

0

24VDC -10% 6.8 16.7

43.1

6.8

6.8

6103 34

6103 34

964 19

964 19

964 19

2365 23

2365 23

4500

4500

400

400

400

400

400

16.7

56683.3 56683.3 56683.3 637687.1 637687.1 56683.3 56683.3 56683.3 637687.1 637687.1 56683.3 56683.3 56683.3 56683.3 56683.3 4000

4000

4000

4000

4000

4000

(oz·in)/hour

566833

566833

566833 6376871 6376871 566833

566833

566833 6376871 6376871 566833

566833

566833

566833

566833

Times

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (200J)

Motor model

4000

45000

45000

20000 (1000J)

4000

20000 (1000J)

4000

4000

HA-LFS 1000r/min 8014B (Note 3) 12K14B (Note 3) 801B 12K1B Spring-action safety brake

601B

Type

45000

20000 (1000J)

45000

4000

20000 (1000J)

20000 (200J)

HA-LFS 1500r/min 11K1M4B 15K1MB 11K1MB Spring-action safety brake

701MB

0

(N·m) (oz·in) Power consumption (W) at 20°C (J)/time (oz·in)/time (J)/hour (oz·in)/hour Times

Motor model

24VDC -10%

82

160.5

160.5

160.5

160.5

82

160.5

160.5

160.5

160.5

11618 30

22741 46

22741 46

22741 46

22741 46

11618 30

22741 46

22741 46

22741 46

22741 46

3000

5000

5000

5000

5000

3000

5000

5000

5000

5000

425058

708430

708430

708430

708430

425058

708430

708430

708430

708430

30000

50000

50000

50000

50000

30000

50000

50000

50000

50000

4250580

7084300

7084300

7084300

7084300

4250580

7084300

7084300

7084300

7084300

20000 (1000J)

20000 (3000J)

20000 (3000J)

20000 (3000J)

20000 (3000J)

20000 (1000J)

20000 (3000J)

20000 (3000J)

20000 (3000J)

20000 (3000J)

HA-LFS2000r/min 11K2B

Type

15K2B

22K2B

HC-UFS 2000r/min

11K24B 15K24B

22K24B

72B

Spring-action safety brake

152B

(N·m) (oz·in) Power consumption (W) at 20°C (J)/time (oz·in)/time (J)/hour

352B

HC-UFS 3000r/min 502B

13B

23B

160.5

24VDC -10% 160.5 82

160.5

160.5

8.3

8.3

11618 30

22741 46

22741 46

22741 46

22741 46

1176 19

1176 19

3000

5000

5000

3000

5000

5000

425058

708430

708430

425058

708430

708430

30000

50000

50000

30000

50000

50000

24VDC -10% 43.1 43.1 6103 34

6103 34

43B

73B

Spring-action safety brake

0

82

11618 30

202B

Spring-action safety brake

0

Rated voltage Static friction torque

15K1M4B

0

24VDC -10%

Rated voltage Static friction torque

Brake life (Note 1) (Braking work per braking action)

5024B

(oz·in)/hour

Rated voltage

Permissible braking work

2024B 3524B 1524B Spring-action safety brake

0

Spring-action safety brake

Brake life (Note 1) (Braking work per braking action)

6103 34

220

Type

Permissible braking work

43.1

6103 34

31176

Motor model

Brake life (Note 1) (Braking work per braking action)

43.1

6103 34

56

(N·m) (oz·in) Power consumption (W) at 20°C

33

0

24VDC -10% 43.1

7936

Rated voltage

Permissible braking work

8.3 1176

56

Static friction torque

Static friction torque

2.4 340

301B

7936

Type

Brake life (Note 1) (Braking work per braking action)

121B 201B Spring-action safety brake

(oz·in)/hour

Motor model

Permissible braking work

81B

24VDC -10%

(N·m) (oz·in) Power consumption (W) at 20°C

Brake life (Note 1) (Braking work per braking action)

73B

0

Rated voltage Static friction torque

Permissible braking work

HC-SFS 1000r/min

053B

0

43.1

0.32

24VDC -10% 1.3 1.3

2.4

6103 34

45.3 6.3

184 7.9

340 10

184 7.9

4500 4500 4500 400 400 56683.3 56683.3 637687.1 637687.1 637687.1 45000 45000 45000 4000 4000

5.6

22

22

64

793.6

3117.6

3117.6

9069.3

56

220

220

640

(oz·in)/hour

4250580 7084300 7084300 4250580 7084300 7084300 566833

566833 6376871 6376871 6376871

7936

31176

31176

90693

Times

20000 (1000J)

20000 (200J)

20000 (4J)

20000 (15J)

20000 (15J)

20000 (32J)

20000 (3000J)

20000 (3000J)

20000 20000 (1000J) (3000J)

20000 (3000J)

20000 (200J)

Notes: 1. The brake gap cannot be adjusted, so the brake life is the time until readjustment by braking needed. 2. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It cannot be used for braking applications. 3. The motors are special-order products. Contact Mitsubishi for details on the delivery schedule.

20000 (1000J)

20000 (1000J)

20000 (1000J)


Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MA) Connections with peripheral equipment Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J2S-A as described below. Connectors, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up MR-J2S-A easily and begin using it right away.

Battery compartment (option)

Power-supply 3-phase 200-230VAC or 1-phase 230VAC (Note 1)

Positioning controllers

A battery (MR-BAT) is installed in the holder when using as an absolute system. Not required when using as an incremental system.

The MR-J2S-A can be connected to a Mitsubishi controller or any pulse train output controller.

Display panel Displays monitoring data, parameters, and alarms.

No-fuse circuit breaker (NFB)

Setting section Parameter settings and monitoring etc. are executed with push buttons.

Used to protect the power supply line.

FX2N-10GM FX2N-1PG QD75P FX2N-20GM FX2N-10PG P1, 2, 4 AD75P P1 to P3

Servo amplifier MR-J2S- A (Note 3)

QD75D D1, 2, 4 A1SD75P P1 to P3

Control signal connector

Junction terminal block (option)

CN1A

All signals can be connected easily at this terminal block without a connection to CN1A or CN1B.

Magnetic contactor (MC) Used to turn off the servoamp’s power when an alarm has been triggered.

CN1B

Control signal (for operation panel) Connects to the PLC’s I/O port or the machine’s operation panel. (Note 2)

CN3 R

S

T

Power factor improvement reactor (FR-BAL)

CN3 for RS-232C communication (option) Connects the unit to user’s personal computer, enabling user to perform monitoring, batch parameter entry and saving, graph display, and test operation. Dedicated cable and MR Configurator (setup software) are available also.

CN2 X

Y

Z

L1 L2 U

L3

V

W

TE2 Type 3 ground or above

Charge lamp Illuminates when the main-circuit-power-supply is on. Do not plug/unplug power lines when this lamp is on.

D

<With front cover open> L21 L11

Regeneration unit (option)

C

Install this unit in situations involving frequent regeneration and large load inertia moments. Connect this unit referring to “Standard Wiring Diagram”.

P

HC- FS servomotor and encoder (Above picture is HC-KFS23.)

Notes: 1. If a 1-phase power-supply (230VAC) is used, please connect to terminals L1 and L2. Nothing should be connected to L3. 2. RS-232C and RS-422 are mutually-exclusive features. RS-422 communication is possible with parameter switching. The RS-422 communication cable can be made by using the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). 3. The connections with the peripheral devices shown above apply for the MR-J2S-350A or smaller. Connect the MR-J2S-500A or larger and the MR-J2S-60A4 (400V type) or larger as shown in the standard connection diagram.

34


Servo Amplifier Specifications MR-J2S-A (100V/200V) type Servo-amp model MR-J2S-

10A

20A

40A

70A 700A 37KA 60A (-UM) 100A 200A 350A 500A (-UM) 11KA 15KA 22KA 30KA (-UM) 10A1 20A1 40A1 —

Converter unit model Controlcircuit power supply

Voltage/frequency

1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz

1-phase 100 to 120VAC 50/60Hz

Permissible voltage fluctuation

1-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz

1-phase 85 to 127VAC 50/60Hz

±5% max.

±5% max.

Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption (W)

Maincircuit power supply

Voltage/frequency (Note 1)

3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

Permissible voltage fluctuation

3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 207 to 253VAC 50/60Hz

3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max.

Permissible frequency fluctuation Dynamic brake

Servo-amp

Safety features Maximum input pulse frequency Positioning feedback pulse Position Command pulse multiple control Positioning complete width setting mode Excess error Torque limit Speed control range

Speed fluctuation rate Torque limit

Built-in (Note 3)

Speed limit

500kpps (when using differential receiver), 200 kpps (when using open collector) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev Electronic gear A/B multiple, A: 1 to 65535 or 131072, B: 1 to 65535 1/50 < A/B < 500 0 to ±10000 pulses (command pulse unit) ±10 rotations Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to +10VDC, max. torque) Analog speed command 1:2000, internal speed command 1:5000 0 to ±10VDC/rated speed (Note 4) ±0.01% max. (load fluctuation 0 to 100%) 0% (power fluctuation ±10%) ±0.2% max. (ambient temperature 25°C±10°C (77°F±50°F), when using analog speed command Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to +10VDC, max. torque) 0 to ±8VDC max. torque (input impedance 10 to 12kΩ) Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to ±10VDC, rated speed) Self-cooling open (IP00)

Ambient temperature Environ- Ambient humidity ment Atmosphere Elevation

Converter unit

Maincircuit power supply

(kg [lb])

Voltage/frequency (Note 1)

Self-cooling open (IP00)

Fan cooling open (IP00)

0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing) 90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level 5.9m/s2 max.

Oscillation Mass

Built-in (Note 3)

External option

Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection

Analog torque command input

Structure

The servo 1-phase 100 to 120VAC amplifier’s 50/60Hz (Note 2) main circuit power is 1-phase 85 to 127VAC supplied 50/60Hz from the converter ±5% max. unit.

Sine-wave PWM control/current control system

Analog speed command input

Torque control mode

50

50

Control system

Speed control mode

MR-HP30KA

0.7 0.7 1.1 1.1 1.7 1.7 2.0 2.0 4.9 7.2 15 16 20 47 47 0.7 0.7 1.1 (1.5) (1.5) (2.4) (2.4) (3.7) (3.7) (4.4) (4.4) (10.8) (15.9) (33) (35.3) (44.1) (103.5) (103.5) (1.5) (1.5) (2.4) —

3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz

(Note 2)

Permissible voltage fluctuation

Permissible frequency fluctuation

Voltage/frequency ControlPermissible voltage circuit fluctuation power supply Permissible frequency fluctuation

3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. 1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max.

Power consumption

50W

22 (48.5)

Mass

(kg [lb])

— — — — —

Notes: 1. Rated output and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalog. 3. For products without a dynamic brake (MR-J2S-MA-ED or MR-J2S-MA1-ED), special compliance is possible. 4. It is possible to change the rotation speed in 10V using parameter No.25.

35


Servo Amplifier Specifications MR-J2S-A (400V) type Servo-amp model MR-J2S-

60A4

100A4

200A4

350A4

55KA4

MR-HP55KA4

±5% max. 50

3-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

Permissible voltage fluctuation

The servo amplifier's main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit.

3-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. Sine-wave PWM control/current control system Built-in

External option

Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection 500kpps (when using differential receiver), 200 kpps (when using open collector)

Maximum input pulse frequency

Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev

Positioning feedback pulse Servo-amp

45KA4

25

Safety features

Electronic gear A/B multiple, A: 1 to 65535 or 131072, B: 1 to 65535 1/50 < A/B < 500

Position Command pulse multiple control Positioning complete width setting mode Excess error

0 to ±10000 pulses (command pulse unit) ±10 rotations Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to +10VDC, max. torque)

Torque limit

Analog speed command 1:2000, internal speed command 1:5000

Speed control range

0 to ±10VDC/rated speed (Note 3)

Analog speed command input

±0.01% max. (load fluctuation 0 to 100%) 0% (power fluctuation ±10%) ±0.2% max. (ambient temperature 25°C±10°C (77°F±50°F), when using analog speed command

Speed fluctuation rate

Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to +10VDC, max. torque)

Torque limit

0 to ±8VDC max. torque (input impedance 10 to 12kΩ)

Analog torque command input

Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to ±10VDC, rated speed)

Speed limit

Fan cooling open (IP00) (Note 4)

Structure

0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing)

Ambient temperature

90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing)

Ambient humidity EnvironAtmosphere ment Elevation

Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level 5.9m/s2 max.

Oscillation

Converter unit

(-UM)

Power consumption (W)

Dynamic brake

(kg [lb])

2.0 (4.4)

2.0 (4.4)

2.0 (4.4)

5 (11)

5 (11)

7.2 (15.9)

15 (33)

16 (35.3)

20 (44.1)

36 47 47 47 (79.3) (103.5) (103.5) (103.5)

Voltage/frequency (Note 1)

3-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

Permissible voltage fluctuation

3-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz

Permissible frequency fluctuation

±5% max.

Voltage/frequency

1-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz

1-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz

±5% max.

Control- Permissible voltage circuit fluctuation power supply Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption Mass

37KA4

(-UM)

Permissible frequency fluctuation

Permissible frequency fluctuation

Maincircuit power supply

30KA4

(-UM)

1-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz

Control system

Mass

22KA4

(-UM)

20.4 to 27.6VDC

Voltage/frequency (Note 1)

Torque control mode

15KA4

(-UM)

1-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz

Permissible voltage fluctuation

Speed control mode

11KA4

24VDC

Voltage/frequency

Maincircuit power supply

700A4

Converter unit model Controlcircuit power supply

500A4

(kg [lb])

50W

22 (48.5)

Notes: 1. Rated output and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalog. 3. It is possible to change the rotation speed in 10V using parameter No.25. 4. For the structure of MR-J2S-60A4, “Self-cooling, open (IP00)” is applied.

36


Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MA (1)/MR-J2S-MA (4) type: Position control operation ● Connection to QD75D (position servo, incremental)

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA/A1/A4 Main-circuit power supply

Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (8).

Control-circuit power supply

L1 L2 L3

(Note 6)

CN2

L11 L21

Connector CN2 connection The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11).

(Note 5, 6) (Note 1, 2) RA4

Positioning unit

QD75D

Name RDY COM READY PULSE F+ PULSE F– PULSE R+ PULSE R– CLEAR CLEAR COM PG05 PG0 COM Common terminal

Pin No. MM12 MM11 MM15 MM16 MM17 MM18 MM13 MM14 MM 9 MM10

(Note 9) Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver)

CN1A INP COM OPC RD PP PG NP NG CR SG LZ LZR LG

18 9 11 19 3 13 2 12 8 10 5 15 1

LA LAR LB

6 16 7

LBR

17

LG

Control common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector)

OP P15R SD

(Note 6)

CN3

Connector CN3 connection The connection differs according to the servo amplifier. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection examples (12) and (13).

CN4

1

Connector CN4 connection

14 4 PLATE

This is used only with the MR-J2S-11KA(4) or larger. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection example (13). The 7kW or smaller capacity does not have connector CN4.

2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. (Note 5, 6)

CN1B EMG

(Note 3)

Emergency stop Servo on Reset Proportional control Torque limit selection Forward stroke end (Note 4) Reverse stroke end

Do not connect when using an external power-supply.

15

SON

5

RES

14

PC

8

TL

9

LSP

16

LSN

17

SG

10

SG

20

CN5A

CN5B

This is used only with the MR-J2S-30KA(4) or larger. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection example (6). The 22kW or smaller capacity does not have connectors CN5A and CN5B.

10 meters (32.81 ft) max. VDD

3 13

RA1

COM ALM

RA2

ZSP

19

RA3

TLC

6

P15R

11

TLA

12

(Note 1, 2) (Note 7) Malfunction Zero speed detection Torque limit in effect

CON2

18

Connector CON2 is used only with the MR-J2S-11KA(4) or larger. Note that this is used for maker adjustments and nothing should be connected to it.

10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Upper limit setting Analog torque limit +10V/maximum torque

LG

1

SD

PLATE

2 meters (6.56 ft) max.

37

Connector CN5A/CN5B connection

(Note 10)

Notes: 1. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amplifier to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 80mA. If it exceeds 80mA, supply interface power from an external source. 3. EMG (emergency stop) contact must be closed. If it is not closed, operation will be impossible. 4. LSP and LSN contacts must be closed for normal operation. If they are not closed, command will not be accepted. 5. Signals with the same name are connected inside. 6. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 7. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 8. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 9. Connect between LG and common terminal to increase noise resistance. 10. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE).


Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MA (1)/MR-J2S-MA (4) type: Speed control operation ● Connection

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA/A1/A4

Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection

Main-circuit power supply

The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (8).

Control-circuit power supply

L1 L2 L3

(Note 6)

CN2

Connector CN2 connection

L11 L21

The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11).

(Note 5, 6)

CN1A COM

Speed selection 1

SP1 SG

(Note 1, 2) Ready

RA4

RD

Speed reached

RA5

SA SG

9

(Note 6)

8

CN3

10 19 18 20

Connector CN3 connection The connection differs according to the servo amplifier. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection examples (12) and (13).

10 meters (32.81 ft) max. LZ LZR

Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver)

LA LAR

Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver)

LB LBR LG OP

Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) Control common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector)

P15R SD

5 15 6 16 7 17 1

CN4

14 4

Connector CN4 connection This is used only with the MR-J2S-11KA(4) or larger. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection example (13). The 7kW or smaller capacity does not have connector CN4.

PLATE

2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. (Note 5, 6)

CN1B (Note 3)

Emergency stop Servo on Reset Speed selection 2

EMG SON RES SP2 ST1 ST2

Forward rotation start Reverse rotation start (Note 4) Forward stroke end Reverse stroke end

RA1 RA2 RA3

5

CN5A

14 7 8

Connector CN5A/CN5B connection CN5B

9

LSP LSN

16 17

SG

10

SG

20

Do not connect when using 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. an external power-supply. VDD (Note 1, 2) (Note 7) Malfunction Zero speed detection Torque limit in effect

15

CON2

3

COM

13

ALM

18

ZSP TLC

19 6

This is used only with the MR-J2S-30KA(4) or larger. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection example (6). The 22kW or smaller capacity does not have connectors CN5A and CN5B.

Connector CON2 is used only with the MR-J2S-11KA(4) or larger. Note that this is used for maker adjustments and nothing should be connected to it.

10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Upper limit setting Analog torque limit +10V/maximum torque Upper limit setting Analog speed command ±10V/rated speed (in this wiring diagram, +10V/rated speed) 2 meters (6.56 ft) max.

P15R

11

TLA

12

LG

1

VC

2

SD

PLATE

(Note 9)

Notes: 1. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amplifier to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 80mA. If it exceeds 80mA, supply interface power from an external source. 3. EMG (emergency stop) contact must be closed. If it is not closed, operation will be impossible. 4. LSP and LSN contacts must be closed for normal operation. If they are not closed, command will not be accepted. 5. Signals with the same name are connected inside. 6. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 7. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 8. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 9. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE).

38


Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MA (1)/MR-J2S-MA (4) type: Torque control operation ● Connection

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA/A1/A4

Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection

Main-circuit power supply

The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (8).

Control-circuit power supply

L1 L2 L3

(Note 5)

CN2

Connector CN2 connection The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11).

L11 L21

(Note 4, 5)

CN1A COM

9

(Note 5)

CN3 Speed selection 1 (Note 1, 2) Ready

RA4

SP1 SG RD SG

8

Connector CN3 connection

10 19

The connection differs according to the servo amplifier. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection examples (12) and (13).

20

10 meters (32.81 ft) max. LZ

Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver)

LZR LA LAR LB

Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver)

LBR LG OP P15R

Control common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector)

SD

5 15 6 16 7 17

CN4

Connector CN4 connection

1 14 4 PLATE

This is used only with the MR-J2S-11KA(4) or larger. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection example (13). The 7kW or smaller capacity does not have connector CN4.

2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. (Note 4, 5)

CN1B (Note 3)

Emergency stop Servo on Reset

15

SON

5 14

RES

Speed selection 2

SP2

Reverse rotation select Normal rotation select

RS2

Do not connect when using an external power-supply.

RS1

(Note 6) Malfunction Zero speed detection Speed limit in effect Upper limit setting Analog torque command ±8V/maximum torque (in this wiring diagram, +8V/maximum torque)

CN5A

This is used only with the MR-J2S-30KA(4) or larger. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection example (6). CN5B The 22kW or smaller capacity does not have connectors CN5A and CN5B.

7 8 9

SG

10

SG

20

Connector CN5A/CN5B connection

10 meters (32.81 ft) max. (Note 1, 2) RA1 RA2 RA3

VDD

3

COM ALM

13

ZSP VLC

19 6

P15R TC

11 12

LG

1

CON2

18

Connector CON2 is used only with the MR-J2S-11KA(4) or larger. Note that this is used for maker adjustments and nothing should be connected to it.

10 meters (32.81 ft) max.

Upper limit setting Analog speed limit ±10V/rated speed (in this wiring diagram,+10V/rated speed)

VLA SD

2 meters (6.56 ft) max.

39

EMG

2 PLATE

(Note 8)

Notes: 1. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amplifier to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 80mA. If it exceeds 80mA, supply interface power from an external source. 3. EMG (emergency stop) contact must be closed. If it is not closed, operation will be impossible. 4. Signals with the same name are connected inside. 5. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 6. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 7. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 8. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE).


Standard Wiring Diagram Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (3) 3-phase 200V 3.5kW or smaller

(1) 1-phase 100V

Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. NFB

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA1/B1/CP1/CL1

NFB

MC

Power-supply 1-phase 100 to 120VAC

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-350A/B/CP/CL or smaller

Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. MC

TE1

TE1 L2

V W

Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC

L2

V

L3

W

L11

L11

L21

L21 The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected. Optional regeneration unit

U

L1

U

L1

The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected. Optional regeneration unit

TE2 P

C

P

TE2

C D

D Always disconnect the connection across P-D when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally.

Always disconnect the connection across P-D when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally.

(4) 3-phase 200V 5, 7kW

(2) 1-phase 230V

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-70A/B/CP/CL or smaller

Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. NFB

NFB

MC

Power-supply 1-phase 230VAC (Note 1)

The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected. Optional regeneration unit

TE1 L1

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-500A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL

MC

U

L2

V

L3

W

L1 Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC

V W

L11 L21

TE2

U

L3

L21

P

TE1

L2

L11

TE2

C Optional regeneration unit

C D

Always disconnect the connection across P-D when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally.

Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs.

The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected. Always disconnect the connection to C and P when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally.

P

N

Note: 1. When using the 1-phase 230VAC, connect the power-supply to the L1 and L2 terminals, and do not connect anything to L3. The 1-phase 230VAC power supply can be used with the MR-J2S-70A/B/CP/CL or smaller servo amplifier.

40


Standard Wiring Diagram Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (5) 3-phase 200V and 3-phase 400V 11 to 22kW

Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC or 3-phase 380 to 480VAC

NFB

(7) 3-phase 400V 2kW or smaller

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-11KA(4)/B(4) to MR-J2S-22KA(4)/B(4)

NFB

MC

TE1

L1 L2

The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected.

L1

L3

TE2

The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected.

P P1

(Note 3)

Optional regeneration unit

Motor Servo thermal READY alarm protector EMG ON OFF RA1 RA2

Motor READY Servo thermal alarm protector EMG ON OFF RA1 RA2

MC

MC

MC

MC

SK

24VDC powersupply

Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. MC

(Note 8)

RA2

COM VDD ALM SE SG

DC reactor (option) Thermal

13 12 8 3 5

0V • L21

P N

TE1 U

NFB

P

C G4

L1

G3 Optional (Note 2) regeneration unit FAN R S

Step-down Servo transformer alarm RA1 (Note 7)

TE1

L2 L3

U V W

V W (Note 10)

CN5A

CN5 MR-J2HBUSMM cable

P1 (Note 4) P2 P C

P

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-350A4 to 700A4

MC

Power-supply 3-phase 380 to 480VAC

Terminator MR-A-TM

The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected.

C Optional regeneration unit

Step-down transformer

CN5B (Note 5)

Motor READY Servo thermal alarm protector EMG ON OFF RA1 RA2 MC

Thermal

Always disconnect the connection across P-D when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally.

24V • L11

Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs.

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-30A(4)/B(4) or larger

CN1 (Note 9)

D

(8) 3-phase 400V 3.5 to 7kW

(6) 3-phase 200V and 3-phase 400V 30kW or larger

NFB

C CNP2

CNP4

L21

P converter N unit L1 L2 L3 P L11 N L21

V W

SK

L11

Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC or 3-phase 380 to 480VAC

CNP1

U

P

Step-down transformer

N

Step-down (Note 7) transformer

CNP3

L2

W

C (Note 1) Optional regeneration unit

MC

Power-supply 3-phase 380 to 480VAC

U V

L3

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-200A4 or smaller

Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs.

C G4

G3 Optional (Note 2) regeneration unit FAN R S

P

MC

C G4

G3 Optional (Note 2) regeneration unit FAN R S

Always disconnect the connection to C and P when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally.

SK

TE2 TE3

24VDC powersupply

24V • L11 0V • L21

L11 (Note 6) L21

Converter Motor thermal READY protector alarm ON RA3 EMG OFF RA2 MC

P N

MC SK

Notes: 1. The 11kW or larger capacity does not have a built-in regenerative resistor. 2. This is for the MR-RB137 (for 200V) and MR-RB138-4 (for 400V). For the MR-RB137 and MR-RB138-4, one set contains three units (tolerable wattage 3900W). 3. Remove the short bar across P-P1 when using the DC reactor. Do not remove the short bar when using the optional regeneration unit. 4. Remove the short bar across P1-P2 when using the DC reactor. 5. Always connect the terminator (MR-A-TM) to CN5B. 6. The phases of the power-supply connected to L11 and L21 on the converter unit and servo amplifier must always match the phases connected to L1 and L2. An incorrect connection could damage the servo amplifier. 7. This is for the 400V. The 200V does not require a step-down transformer. 8. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amp to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 9. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 200mA. If it exceeds 200mA, supply interface power from an external source. 10. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered.

41


Standard Wiring Diagram Connector CN2 connection examples (9) HC-KFS, MFS, UFS3000r/min series Servomotor HC-KFS, MFS, UFS3000r/min series

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA(1)/B(1)/CP(1)/CL(1) L1

TE1

U

U

L2

V

L3

W

1

V 2

SM

W 3 4 Electromagnetic brake

B1 5

24VDC CN2 P5

11

LG

20

P5

12

LG

6

(Note 1)

EMG Shut off when the servo

(Note 2)

ON signal turns OFF and when alarm signal is issued.

18

P5

7

P5

7

P5

2

LG

8

LG

8

LG

7

MR

1

MR

1

MR

17

MRR

2

MRR

2

MRR

6

MD

4

MD

4

MD

16

MDR

5

MDR

5

MDR

9

BAT

3

BAT

3

BAT

1

LG

9

SD

9

SD

PLATE

SD

6

CNT

6

CNT

Encoder

19

B2

Bold line should be connected only to make an absolute system.

(10) HC-SFS, LFS, RFS, UFS2000r/min series and HA-LFS502, 702 Servomotor HC-SFS, LFS, RFS, UFS2000r/min series HA-LFS502, 702

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA(4)/B/CP/CL L1

TE1

U

U

L2

V

L3

W

A

V B

SM

W C D Electromagnetic brake

B1 G

24VDC

B2

CN2 19

P5

11

LG

20

P5

12

LG

(Note 1)

H (Note 2)

Shut off when the servo ON signal turns OFF and when alarm signal is issued.

18

P5

S

2

LG

R

7

MR

C

17

MRR

D

6

MD

A

16

MDR

B

9

BAT

F

1

LG

G

PLATE

SD

Encoder

EMG

N Bold line should be connected only to make an absolute system.

M

42 Notes: 1. Refer to "MR-J2S SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL" for details. 2. This is for the motor with an electromagnetic brake. The polarity of the power-supply connected to the electromagnetic brake is irrelevant. A separate connector from the motor power connector is prepared as an electromagnetic brake connector for the HC-SFS121B to 301B, 202(4)B to 702(4)B, 203B, 353B, HC-LFS202B, 302B, HC-UFS202B to 502B motors.


Standard Wiring Diagram Connector CN2 connection examples (11) HA-LFS601, 701M, 801(4) and HA-LFS11kW or larger

Servomotor HA-LFS601, 701M, 801(4) and HA-LFS11kW or larger

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA(4)/B(4)/CP/CL

U L1 L2 L3

TE1 U (Note 4)

V

SM

V W

W

C P

B1

N

24VDC EMG

B2

(Note 2) Electromagnetic brake

Shut off when the servo ON signal turns OFF and when alarm signal is issued.

P5

11

LG

20

P5

12

LG

(Note 1)

18

P5

S

2

LG

R

7

MR

C

17

MRR

D

6

MD

A

16

MDR

B

9

BAT

F

1

LG

G

PLATE

SD

Encoder

CN2 19

N Bold line should be connected only to make an absolute system.

M

NFB BU BV BW

FAN

(Note 3)

OHS1

OHS2 Servomotor Thermal

G3 Do not apply a voltage exceeding 100V to each thermal contact.

Regenerative option Thermal

RA3

G4 +24V

DC reactor Thermal

24VDC power-supply Notes: 1. Refer to "MR-J2S SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL" for details. 2. This is for the motor with an electromagnetic brake. The polarity of the power-supply connected to the electromagnetic brake is irrelevant. A separate connector from the motor power connector is prepared as an electromagnetic brake connector for the HA-LFS601B to 12K1B, 8014B, 12K14B, 701MB to 15K1MB, 11K1M4B, 15K1M4B, 11K2(4)B to 22K2(4)B motors. 3. Always supply power to the fan terminal. The power-supply differs according to the motor. Refer to "Cooling fan power supply" section under the Servomotor Specifications in this catalog, and supply the required power. 4. For the MR-J2S-30KA(4)/B(4) or larger, the terminal L1, L2, L3, C, P and N are attached to the converter unit.

43


Standard Wiring Diagram Connector CN3/CN4 connection examples (12) MR-J2S-700A (4)/CP/CL or smaller

(13) MR-J2S-11KA (4) or larger

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA/A1/A4/CP/CP1/CL/CL1 CN3 12 11

T XD LG

2

R XD

1

LG

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA/A4 RS-232C

(Note 1)

RD GND SD GND

Personal computer running Microsoft Windows

(Note 2)

CN3 12 11

TXD LG

2

R XD

1

LG

(Note 1)

RD GND SD GND (Note 2)

RS-422

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

9

SDP

RDP

9

SDP

RDP

19

SDN

RDN SDP

19

SDN

5

RDP

RDN SDP

15

RDN

1

LG

11

LG

10

TRE

PLATE

SD

5

RDP

15

RDN

1

LG

SDN GND

11

LG

GND

10

TRE (Note 3) 30 meters (98.43 ft) max. Monitor output Maximum +1mA total Double oscillation (±10V output)

4

MO1

3

LG

14

MO2

13 PLATE

A

10kΩ Monitor output 2 10kΩ

LG SD

(Note 4)

Monitor output 1

A

(Note 5)

2 meters (6.56 ft) max.

Personal computer running Microsoft Windows

15 meters (49.21 ft) max.

15 meters (49.21 ft) max.

RS-422

RS-232C

CN4 1

MO1

2

MO2

4

LG

SDN GND GND (Note 3) (Note 5)

30 meters (98.43 ft) max. Monitor output Maximum +1mA total Double oscillation (±10V output) A

Monitor output 1 10kΩ

A

Monitor output 2 10kΩ 2 meters (6.56 ft) max.

Notes: 1. RS-232C and RS-422 are mutually-exclusive features. 2. Always use a shielded multicore cable up to a maximum of 15 meters (49.21 ft) in a low noise environment. However, if the RS-232C communication is set up with a baud rate of more than 38400bps, keep length to 3m (9.84 ft). 3. In the final axis, connect between TRE and RDN. 4. Use the maintenance relay card (MR-J2CN3TM) when connecting the analog monitor output 1 (MO1), analog monitor output 2 (MO2) and a personal computer. 5. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate).

44


Amplifier Dimensions ●MR-J2S-10A/B/CP/CL, 20A/B/CP/CL, 10A1/B1/CP1/CL1, 20A1/B1/CP1/CL1

6 (0.24)

70 (2.76)

50 (1.97) 6 (0.24)

20 (0.79)

ø6 (0.236) mounting hole

MITSUBISHI

Unit: mm (inch)

(Note)

135 (5.31) Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.)

Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) MITSUBISHI

Display setting section cover TE1

OPEN

OPEN

L1 C N 1 B

U V W For 1-phase 100VAC

Name plate

C N 2 (

C N 3

)

TE1 L2

L3

V

C N 1 B C N 3

U V W

W

Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.)

6 (0.24)

M4 screws TE1

L1 L2 L3

Terminal cover U

C N 1 A C N 2 E N C

)

E N C

L1

7 (0.28) 6 (0.24)

L2

(

168 (6.61) 156 (6.14)

C N 1 A

For 3-phase 200VAC or 1-phase 230VAC

Three ground (PE) terminals (M4)

PE terminal

TE2 D C P L21 L11 4 (0.16)

●MR-J2S-40A/B/CP/CL, 60A/B/CP/CL, 40A1/B1/CP1/CL1 70 (2.76) 20 (0.79)

70 (2.76) 22 (0.87)

6 (0.24)

ø6 (0.236) mounting hole

MITSUBISHI

(Note) 135 (5.31) Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.)

Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) MITSUBISHI

Display setting section cover

TE1

OPEN

L1 C N 1 B

For 1-phase 100VAC

(

C N 3

7 (0.28) 6 (0.24)

TE1 L2

L3

V

6 (0.24)

Three ground (PE) terminals (M4)

PE terminal

●MR-J2S-70A/B/CP/CL (-UM), 100A/B/CP/CL 70 (2.76) 22 (0.87)

TE2 D C P L21 L11

(Note)

20 (0.79)

70 (2.76)

MITSUBISHI

190 (7.48) Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.)

Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) MITSUBISHI

Display setting section cover

OPEN

C N 1 B

Name plate C N 3

6 (0.24) 7 (0.28)

Terminal cover U V W Space required for heat radiation 6 (0.24) (40 mm (1.57) min.)

Note: The outline drawings for the MR-J2S-MCP(1)-S084 are the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1).

C N 1 B C N 3

M4 screws TE1

L1 L2 L3 U V W TE2 D C P L21 L11 N

Three ground (PE) terminals (M4)

6 (0.24)

45

)

)

TE1

L1 L2 L3

22 42 (0.87) (1.65)

C N 1 A C N 2 E N C

(

(

168 (6.61) 156 (6.14)

OPEN

C N 1 A C N 2 E N C

TE1

For 3-phase 200VAC or 1-phase 230VAC

Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.)

4 (0.16)

ø6 (0.236) mounting hole

M4 screws

U V W

W

6 (0.24)

C N 3

L1 L2 L3

Terminal cover U

C N 1 B

)

)

E N C

L1

C N 1 A C N 2 E N C

U V W Name plate

C N 2

OPEN

L2

(

168 (6.61) 156 (6.14)

C N 1 A


Amplifier Dimensions ●MR-J2S-200A/B/CP/CL, 350A/B/CP/CL

ø6 (0.236) mounting 6 (0.24) hole

70 (2.76) 20 (0.79)

90 (3.54) 78 (3.07)

6 (0.24)

Unit: mm (inch)

(Note)

MITSUBISHI

195 (7.68) Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.)

Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open)

6 (0.24)

MITSUBISHI

Display setting section cover

OPEN

OPEN

C N 1 B

C N 2

Name plate

(

C N 3

M4 screws

Fan (airflow direction)

C N 1 B

C N 2 E N C

C N 3

)

TE2

)

E N C

C N 1 A

(

168 (6.61) 156 (6.14)

C N 1 A

TE2 L11 L21 D

P

C

N L11

TE1 L1 L2 L3 U

FAN

V W

L21

L1

D

L2

Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.)

2-ø6 (0.236) mounting hole

Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open)

L1 L2 L3 C P N U V W

OPEN

C N 1 B

PE

OPEN

TE1

C N 1 A

C N 1 B

C N 2 E N C

L11

C N 3

)

Name plate

MITSUBISHI

(

C N 3

)

235 (9.25)

TE1 W

200 (7.87)

Display setting section cover

(

250 (9.84)

V

terminals (M4)

5 (0.20)

MITSUBISHI

C N 2 E N C

U

Three ground (PE)

6 (0.24)

C N 1 A

L3

N

350A4, 500A4

70 (2.76)

130 (5.12) 118 (4.65)

7.5 (0.30)

6 (0.24)

(Note),

20 (0.79)

●MR-J2S-500A/B/CP/CL

C

P

TE2

L21

TE1

TE2 For 200V type

<Screw size> TE1 M4 TE2 M3.5 PE M4

●MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL 2-ø6 (0.236) mounting hole

10 (0.39)

0V • L21

FAN

TE2 For 400V type

6 (0.24)

Fan (airflow direction)

(Note),

700A4 70 (2.76)

180 (7.09) 160 (6.30)

10 (0.39)

20 (0.79)

7.5 (0.30)

FAN

24V • L11

200 (7.87)

138 (5.43)

62 (2.44)

Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open)

6 (0.24) 7.5 (0.30)

L11

Display setting section cover

MITSUBISHI

Name plate

C N 1 B

OPEN

Name plate

C N 3

24V • L11

C N 1 A C N 2 E N C

(

( )

0V • L21

)

C N 1 A C N 2 E N C

MITSUBISHI

L21

TE2 For 200V type

OPEN

C N 1 B C N 3

TE2

350 (13.78) 335 (13.19)

TE2 For 400V type

L1 L2 L3 C

P

N

U

V W TE1

PE <Screw size>

7.5 (0.30)

FAN

TE1

TE1 M4 TE2 M3.5 PE M4

6 (0.24) Fan (airflow direction)

Note: The outline drawings for the MR-J2S-MCP(1)-S084 are the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1).

46


Amplifier Dimensions Unit: mm (inch)

12 (0.47)

●MR-J2S-11KA/B, 15KA/B, 22KA/B, 11KA4/B4, 15KA4/B4, 22KA4/B4 2-ø12 (0.472) mounting hole

75 (2.95)

Fan (airflow direction)

FAN

TE1 MITSUBISHI

L1 L2 L3 U

V

W P1 P

C

N

CN4

TE2

376 (14.8)

TE2 L11 L21

CON2

Screw size: M4

12 (0.47)

CHARGE

400 (15.75)

CN2

C N 3 C N 1 A C N 1 B

Screw size: M6 (For MR-J2S-11KA (4)/B (4) or MR-J2S-15KA (4)/B (4)) Screw size: M8 (For MR-J2S-22KA (4)/B (4))

TE1

PE terminals

12 (0.47) 12 (0.47)

12 (0.47)

A

Screw size: M6 (For MR-J2S-11KA (4)/B (4) or MR-J2S-15KA (4)/B (4)) Screw size: M8 (For MR-J2S-22KA (4)/B (4))

Variable dimensions

Model

260 (10.24)

3.9 (0.15)

B

A

236 (9.29) 260 (10.24)

MR-J2S-22KA/B MR-J2S-22KA4/B4

326 (12.83) 350 (13.78)

●MR-J2S-60A4, 100A4, 200A4

2-ø6 (0.236) mounting hole

90 (3.54) 78 (3.07)

6 (0.24)

6 (0.24)

70 (2.76)

195 (7.68)

CNP1 L1 L2 L3

MITSUBISHI

400V class

CNP2 CHARGE

P C D N

168 (6.61) 156 (6.14)

OPEN

L1

C N 1 A

C N 1 B

C N 2 E N C

C N 3

L2 L3 P

(

C D

Name plate

)

N U

24V L11

V W

0V L21

6 (0.24)

Note: The connector CNP1, CNP2, CNP3 and CNP4 are supplied with the amplifier.

47

B

MR-J2S-11KA/B MR-J2S-15KA/B MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4

CNP3 U V W CNP4 24V · L11 0V · L21


Amplifier Dimensions Unit: mm (inch)

10 (0.39)

●MR-J2S-30KA/B, 37KA/B, 30KA4/B4~55KA4/B4 2-ø12 (0.472) mounting hole

75 (2.95) FAN (airflow direction) 20 (0.79)

Protective cover

TE1 U

V

W

Screw size: M10

TE2-2

TE2-1

L11 L21

TE1

Screw size: M3

TE2-1 TE2-2 P N

CON2

10 (0.39)

TE3 CN5A L11 L21 CN5B CN2

C N 3 C N 1 A C N 1 B

480 (18.9)

CN4

500 (19.69)

TE3 CHARGE

Screw size: M10

Screw size: M10

12 (0.47) A

45 (1.77) Variable dimensions

Model

300 (11.81)

3.2 (0.13)

125 (4.92)

175 (6.89)

B

●Converter unit MR-HP30KA, MR-HP55KA4

A

290 (11.42) 380 (14.96)

MR-J2S-30KA/B MR-J2S-37KA/B MR-J2S-37KA4/B4 MR-J2S-45KA4/B4 MR-J2S-55KA4/B4

360 (14.17) 450 (17.72)

●Mounting dimensions

Protective cover 75 (2.95)

Unit: mm (inch) Dedicated connection conductor

8-M10 screw

FAN (airflow direction)

480 (18.9)

Converter unit

Servo amp

TE3

TE1-2

12 (0.47) 110 (4.33)

45 (1.77)

45 45 (1.77) 110 (4.33) (1.77)

20 (0.79) 45 (1.77)

W1

200 (7.87) TE1-1 P1 P2 P C

Screw size: M10

TE1-2 L1 L2 L3

Screw size: M10

TE2-1 TE2-2 P N TE3 L11 L21

Servo amp model

Screw size: M3 Screw size: M10

Variable dimensions W1

Screw size: M10

45 (1.77)

W2

10 (0.39)

300 (11.81)

3.2 (0.13)

175 (6.89)

200 (7.87)

125 (4.92)

45 (1.77)

10 (0.39)

TE1-1

500 (19.69)

480 (18.9)

TE2-2

500 (19.69)

TE2-1

10 (0.39)

Unit: mm (inch) 2-ø12 (0.472) mounting hole

B

MR-J2S-30KA4/B4

10 (0.39)

45 (1.77)

W2

MR-J2S-30KA4/B4

380 (14.96) 290 (11.42)

MR-J2S-30KA/B, 37KA/B MR-J2S-37KA4/B4, 45KA4/B4 MR-J2S-55KA4/B4

450 (17.72) 360 (14.17)

48


Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MB) Connections with peripheral equipment Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J2S-B as described below. Connectors, cables, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up MR-J2S-B easily and begin using it right away. Through its SSCNET-compatible one-touch connections, MR-J2S-B series reduce the number of wires and the chances of wiring errors.

Positioning controllers

Motion controllers A171SH Max. 4-axis control A172SH Max. 8-axis control A173UH Max. 32-axis control

A273UH Max. 32-axis control

Q172 Max. 8-axis control Q173 Max. 32-axis control

AD75M Max. 3-axis control A1SD75M Max. 3-axis control QD75M Max. 4-axis control

Controllers for the SSCNET are shown at left. Choose the unit that fits the size of your system.

Battery compartment (option) A battery (MR-BAT) is installed in the holder when using as an absolute system.

Display panel Connector

Displays servo amplifier status and alarm numbers.

SSCNET

Used to select an axis.

Axis setting section

Terminal connector (option)

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MB

<With front cover open>

CN1B CN1A CN1B

CN1A

CN3 CN2

Connector

CN1B for connecting SSCNET (Next) Connects the next axis servo-amp or terminal connector (MR-A-TM). Motor

C

Personal computer

P

CN1A for connecting SSCNET (Previous) Connects the controller for the SSCNET or the previous axis servo-amp.

Regeneration unit (option) Install this unit in situations involving frequent regeneration and large load inertia. Connect this unit referring to “Standard Wiring Diagram”.

Charge lamp Illuminates when the main-circuitpower-supply is on. Do not plug/ unplug power lines when this lamp is on.

CN3 for RS-232C communication (option) Connects the unit to user’s personal computer, enabling user to monitor conditions, display graphs, and perform test operation. MR Configurator (setup software) and dedicated cable are available also.

Note: Refer to page 34 for the connection with the peripheral device with the MR-J2S-350B or smaller. Connect the MR-J2S-500B or larger and the MR-J2S-11KB4 (400V type) or larger as shown in the standard connection diagram.

49


Servo Amplifier Specifications MR-J2S-B (100V/200V) type Servo-amp model MR-J2S-

10B

20B

40B

70B 700B 37KB 60B (-UM) 100B 200B 350B 500B (-UM) 11KB 15KB 22KB 30KB (-UM) 10B1 20B1 40B1

Converter unit model

Controlcircuit power supply

Voltage/frequency

1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz

1-phase 100 to 120VAC 50/60Hz

Permissible voltage fluctuation

1-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz

1-phase 85 to 127VAC 50/60Hz

±5% max.

±5% max.

Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption (W)

Maincircuit power supply

Voltage/frequency (Note 1)

3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

Permissible voltage fluctuation

3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 207 to 253VAC 50/60Hz

3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max.

Servo-amp

Permissible frequency fluctuation Dynamic brake Safety features

Built-in (Note 3)

Ambient temperature Ambient humidity EnvironAtmosphere ment Elevation

Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Approximately 10Mpps

Converter unit

Voltage/frequency (Note 1)

90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level 5.9m/s2 max.

0.7 0.7 1.1 1.1 1.7 1.7 2.0 2.0 4.9 7.2 15 16 20 47 47 0.7 0.7 1.1 (1.5) (1.5) (2.4) (2.4) (3.7) (3.7) (4.4) (4.4) (10.8) (15.9) (33) (35.3) (44.1) (103.5) (103.5) (1.5) (1.5) (2.4) —

3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz

(Note 2)

3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. 1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max.

50

22 (48.5)

Permissible voltage fluctuation

Permissible frequency fluctuation

Voltage/frequency Controlcircuit Permissible voltage power fluctuation supply Permissible frequency fluctuation

Power consumption (W) Mass

Self-cooling, open (IP00)

Fan cooling, open (IP00)

0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing)

Oscillation (kg [lb])

Built-in (Note 3)

External option

Self-cooling, open (IP00)

Structure

The servo 1-phase 100 to 120VAC amplifier’s 50/60Hz (Note 2) main circuit power is 1-phase 85 to 127VAC supplied 50/60Hz from the converter ±5% max. unit.

Sine-wave PWM control/current control system

Maximum command input at the position control

Maincircuit power supply

50

50

Control system

Mass

MR-HP30KA

(kg [lb])

— — — — —

Notes: 1. Rated output capacity and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalog. 3. For products without a dynamic brake (MR-J2S-MB-ED or MR-J2S-MB1-ED), special compliance is possible.

50


Servo Amplifier Specifications MR-J2S-B (400V) type Servo-amp model MR-J2S-

11KB4 (-UM)

Servo-amp

Converter unit model Controlcircuit power supply

Voltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption (W)

Maincircuit power supply

Voltage/frequency (Note 1)

15KB4 (-UM)

22KB4 (-UM)

37KB4 (-UM)

45KB4

55KB4

MR-HP55KA4 1-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. 50

3-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

Permissible voltage fluctuation

3-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz

Permissible frequency fluctuation

±5% max.

The servo amplifier’s main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit.

Control system

Sine-wave PWM control/current control system

Dynamic brake

External option

Safety features

Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Approximately 10Mpps

Maximum command input at the position control

Fan cooling, open (IP00)

Structure

0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing)

Ambient temperature

90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing)

Ambient humidity EnvironAtmosphere ment Elevation

Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level 5.9m/s2 max.

Oscillation Mass

Converter unit

30KB4 (-UM)

Maincircuit power supply

(kg [lb])

16 (35.3)

20 (44.1)

36 (79.3)

47 (103.5)

47 (103.5)

Voltage/frequency (Note 1)

3-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) 3-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz

Permissible voltage fluctuation

Permissible frequency fluctuation

±5% max.

Voltage/frequency

1-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz

1-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz

±5% max.

ControlPermissible voltage fluctuation circuit power Permissible frequency fluctuation supply Power consumption (W) Mass

15 (33)

(kg [lb])

50

22 (48.5)

47 (103.5)

Notes: 1. Rated output and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalog.

51


Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MB (1)/MR-J2S-MB (4) type ● Connection

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MB/B1/B4

Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (6) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog.

Main-circuit power supply

Control-circuit power supply

(Note 5)

CN2

L1 L2 L3

Connector CN2 connection The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog.

L11 L21

MR-BAT (Note 5)

Mount the optional battery (MR-BAT) when using with the absolute system.

CN3

Connector CN3 connection CON1

The connection differs according to the servo amplifier. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4/CON2 connection examples (14) and (15) in the next page.

Connect the cable between the controller and amplifier to the CN1A connector.

Controller

CN4

Connector CN4 connection CN1A

(Note 1) MR-J2HBUSMM-A cable for A171SH, A172SH, A173UH, A273UH, AD75M, A1SD75M MR-J2HBUSMM cable for QD75M

This is used only with the MR-J2S-11KB(4) or larger. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4/CON2 connection example (15) in the next page. The 7kW or smaller capacity does not have connector CN4.

(Note 5)

Cable clamp

CON2 ●A171SH ●A172SH ●A173UH ●A273UH ●AD75M ●A1SD75M ●QD75M ●Q172 (Note 2) ●Q173

Connector CN5A/CN5B connection This is used only with the MR-J2S-30KB(4) or larger. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection example (6) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog. The 22kW or smaller capacity do not have connectors CN5A and CN5B.

Connector CON2 connection

CN5A

This is used only with the MR-J2S-11KB(4) or larger. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4/CON2 connection example (15) in the next page. The 7kW or smaller capacity does not have connector CON2.

CN5B

CN1B

CS1 MR-J2HBUSMM cable

(Note 5)

0 (Note 6)

(Note 3)

1

Servo-amp MR-J2S-MB/B1/B4 (nth axis) CS1 (Note 5)

Always insert the terminator (MR-A-TM) into the CN1B at the end of the servo bus.

CN1B

CN1A

MR-J2HBUSMM cable

CN1B

CN1A

Servo-amp MR-J2S-MB/B1/B4 (2nd axis) CS1 (Note 5)

(Note 4)

(Note 3)

n-1

Notes: 1. The total length of the MR-J2HBUSMM-A and MR-J2HBUSMM cable must be kept to within 30m. Use of a cable clamp or data line filter (three or four connected in serial) near the connector lead-out port is recommended to increase the noise resistance. 2. Refer to “MOTION CONTROLLER Q SERIES (L(NA)03014)” for details on the cable connected between Q172/Q173 and the amplifier. 3. The motor side connections for the second and following axes are omitted from the above diagram. 4. Up to eight axes (n=1 to 8) can be connected. The MR-HMBN type servo can also be connected to the same bus. (Note that the cable differs in this case.) 5. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 6. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE).

52


Standard Wiring Diagram Connector CN3/CN4/CON2 connection examples (14) MR-J2S-700B or smaller

(15) MR-J2S-11KB(4) or larger

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MB/B1

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MB/B4 CN3

12

TxD

11

LG

2

RxD

1

LG

Personal computer running Microsoft Windows

RS-232C RD GND SD GND (Note 1)

12

TxD

11

LG

2

RxD

1

LG

RD GND SD GND (Note 1)

15 meters (49.21 ft) max. 20

EM1

3

SG

13

MBR

5

COM

10

VDD

4

MO1

1

LG

14

MO2

11

LG

6

LA

16

LAR

7

LB

17

LBR

8

LZ

18

LZR

PLATE

SD

Personal computer running Microsoft Windows

RS-232C

CN3

15 meters (49.21 ft) max.

Forced emergency stop

EMG

(Note 4)

10 meters (32.81 ft) max.

RA1

Electromagnetic brake interlock (Note 5)

Maximum +1mA total Double oscillation (±10V output) A

LA LAR

7

LB

17

LBR

8

LZ

18

LZR

PLATE

SD

Monitor output 1 10kΩ

A

Always connect across VDD-COM. Do not use an external power supply.

6 16

Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) (Note 3)

10 meters (32.81 ft) max.

Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) (Note 3)

10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Monitor output Maximum +1mA total CN4 Double oscillation (±10V output)

(Note 2)

Monitor output 2 10kΩ 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver)

Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver)

1

MO1

2

MO2

4

LG

A

Monitor output 1 10kΩ

A

Monitor output 2 10kΩ 2 meters (6.56 ft) max.

CON2

(Note 4)

2

EM1

1

SG

3

MBR

RA1 RA2

4

DB

18

COM

15

VDD

Forced stop (Note 5)

Magnetic brake interlock External dynamic brake Always connect.

Notes: 1. Always use a shielded multicore cable up to a maximum of 15 meters (49.21 ft) in a low noise environment. However, if the RS-232C communication is set up with a baud rate of more than 38400bps, keep length to 3m (9.84 ft). 2. Use the maintenance relay card (MR-J2CN3TM) when connecting the analog monitor output 1 (MO1), analog monitor output 2 (MO2) and a personal computer. 3. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 4. Independent forced emergency stop for each servo-amplifier of each axis. Use this as necessary when AD75M, A1SD75M, QD75M, Q172 or Q173 is connected. Do not use this when A171SH, A172SH, A173UH or A273UH is connected. When not used, please short-circuit EM1-SG in the connecter. PIease execute overall system emergency stop on controller’s side. According to parameter No.23, forced emergency stop input can be cancelled. 5. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amp to malfunction so that signals are not output.

53


Features/System Configuration (MR-J2S-MCP) Features ● Settings such as positioning data (target positions), motor speed, and acceleration/deceleration times can be set in a point table with the feel of parameters. ● You can position using DI/O easily. ● Allows multi-drop operation (up to 32 axes) using RS-422 serial communications.

System configuration Simple positioning using DI/O Positioning operation is executed using built in digital I/O while monitoring with a personal computer. MR-J2S-MCP (1)

Junction terminal block (MR-TB20)

Input signals Point table No. selection 5bits

CN1A CN1B Manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01)

Start signal etc. Output signals Ready

CN1A RA

Positioning complete etc.

RS-232C cable

RA

MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP151E or later

Personal computer

CN2 CN3

External digital display (MR-DP60) RS-422 cable

Serial communication operation by RS-422 Connecting servo amplifiers in the multi-drop configuration to perform positioning operation. Each servo amplifier can be started from the master controller. The RS-422 protocol communication specifications have been released, so the user can create a program. The monitor and parameter settings can be made with the MR Configurator (setup software), MRZJW3-SETUP151E or later (Note 1), using a personal computer. (Max. 32-axis) MR-J2S-MCP(1)

CN1A CN1B Emergency stop, etc.

Master controller

RS-232C/RS-422 converter

CN2 CN3

MR-J2S-MCP(1)

MR-J2S-MCP(1)

CN1A CN1B Emergency stop, etc.

CN2 CN3

CN1A CN1B Emergency stop, etc.

CN2 CN3

Personal computer

MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP151E or later

Note:1. The external digital display (MR-DP60) cannot be used for serial communication operation based on RS-422 or RS-232C.

Communications specifications The RS-422 (RS-232C) specifications are as follows. • Baud rate: 9600, 19200, 38400 or 57600 asynchronous. • Transfer code: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 parity bit, 1 stop bit. • Transfer protocol: Character system, half-duplex communication.

Parity bit Stop bit

Start bit Data bits

1 frame 54


Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MCP) Connections with peripheral equipment Peripheral equipment is connected to the MR-J2S-CP as described below. Connectors, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up the MR-J2S-CP easily and begin using it right away.

Battery compartment (option)

Power-supply 3-phase 200-230VAC or 1-phase 230VAC (Note 1)

A battery (MR-BAT) is installed in the holder when using as an absolute system. Not required when using as an incremental system.

Display panel Displays monitoring data, parameters, and alarms.

No-fuse circuit breaker (NFB)

Control signal (option)

Setting section Parameter settings and monitoring etc. are executed with push buttons.

Used to protect the power supply line.

Servo amplifier MR-J2S- CP (Note 4)

Junction terminal block (MR-TB20) All signals can be connected easily at this terminal block without a connection to CN1A or CN1B.

Control signal connector

(Note 3)

Manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01)

CN1A

Magnetic contactor (MC)

(Note 2)

Used to turn off the servoamp’s power when an alarm has been triggered.

CN3 for RS-232C communication (option) CN1B

MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP 151E or later

CN3 R

S

T

Power factor improvement reactor (FR-BAL)

CN2

(Note 2) X

Y

Z

L1

CN3 for RS-422 communication (option)

L2 U

L3

V

W

TE2 Type 3 ground or above

External digital display (MR-DP60)

D

<With front cover open> L21

L11

Regeneration unit (option) Install this unit in situations involving frequent regeneration and large load inertia moments. Connect this unit referring to “Standard Wiring Diagram”.

C

P

HC- FS servomotor and encoder (Above picture is HC-KFS23.)

55

Notes: 1. If a 1-phase power-supply (230VAC) is used, please connect to terminals L1 and L2. Nothing should be connected to L3. 2. RS-232C and RS-422 are mutually-exclusive features. RS-422 communication is possible with parameter switching. The RS-422 communication cable can be made by using the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). 3. The manual pulse generator cable can be made by using the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). 4. The connection with the peripheral devices shown above is for the MR-J2S-350CP or smaller. Connect the MR-J2S-500CP or larger as shown in the standard connection diagram.


Servo Amplifier Specifications MR-J2S-CP type Servo-amp model MR-J2SVoltage/frequency (Note 1) Power supply Permissible voltage fluctuation

10CP

20CP

40CP

60CP

70CP (-UM)

100CP

200CP

350CP

500CP

700CP (-UM)

10CP1

20CP1

40CP1

3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

1-phase 100 to 120VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 207 to 253VAC 50/60Hz

3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz

1-phase 85 to 127VAC 50/60Hz

±5% max. Sine-wave PWM control/current control system

Permissible frequency fluctuation Control system Dynamic brake

Built-in (Note 3)

Safety features

Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Positions according to the specification of the point table No. (31 points)

Command method

Operating specification Input point table number

Set in point table. Feed length for 1 point settable between ±1µm and ±999.999mm.

Input positioning command

Set in point table. Acceleration/deceleration time constant is set in point table. S-pattern acceleration/deceleration time constant is set by parameter 14.

Input speed command

Signed absolute value command system, increment value command system, signed absolute value command/incremental value command specification system.

System

Positioning by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication data.

Operating specification

Setting by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication. Feed length for 1 point settable between ±1µm and ±999.999mm.

Input positioning command Input position Input speed command data

Setting by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication. Acceleration/deceleration time constant also set by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication. S-pattern acceleration/deceleration time constant is set by parameter 14. Signed absolute value command system, increment value command system, signed absolute value command/incremental value command specification system.

System

Point table number input and position data input system. Each positioning operation based on position and speed commands.

Automatic Point table operation mode Automatic continuous operation JOG

Operating mode

Manual operation Manual pulse generator mode

Speed changing operation (2 to 31 speeds), automatic continuous positioning operation (2 to 31 points) Inches upon contact input or RS-422 (RS-232C) communication based on speed commands set by a parameter. Manual feed by manual pulse generator. Command pulse ratio: Selectable ✕1, ✕10, or ✕100 by the parameter.

Dog system

Returns to origin upon Z phase pulse count after passing through near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin shift and settable origin address. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function.

Count system

Returns to origin upon sensor pulse count after touching near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin shift and settable origin address. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to origin without dog. Set any position as the origin using manual operation or the like. Settable origin address.

Data set system Manual home position return mode

Returns to origin upon hitting end of stroke. Selectable direction for return to origin. Settable origin address.

Impact system Ignore origin (Servo-on position as origin position)

Uses position where the servo on signal (SON) becomes ON as origin. Settable origin address.

Dog system rear end reference

Returns to origin with respect to the rear end of a near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin address and settable origin shift. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function.

Count system front end reference

Returns to origin with respect to the front end of a near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin address and settable origin shift. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to origin with respect to the front end of a near-point dog by the first Z-phase pulse. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin address and settable origin shift. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function.

Dog cradle system Structure

Self-cooling, open (IP00) Ambient temperature

Environment

Ambient humidity

Self-cooling, open (IP00)

90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust

Atmosphere

1000 meters or less above sea level/5.9m/s2 max.

Elevation/oscillation Mass (kg [lb])

Fan cooling, open (IP00)

0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing)

0.7 (1.5)

0.7 (1.5)

1.1 (2.4)

1.1 (2.4)

1.7 (3.7)

1.7 (3.7)

2.0 (4.4)

2.0 (4.4)

4.9 (10.8)

7.2 (15.9)

0.7 (1.5)

0.7 (1.5)

Notes:1. Rated output and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalog. 3. For products without a dynamic brake (MR-J2S-MCP-ED or MR-J2S-MCP1-ED), special compliance is possible.

1.1 (2.4)

56


Command Method MR-J2S-CP (built-in positioning function) command method The following two types of command methods are available. Input point table number

Input position data

Operating specification Input positioning command Input speed command System Operating specification Input positioning command Input speed command System

Positions according to the specification of the point table No. (31 points) Set in point table. Feed length for 1 point settable between ±1µm and ±999.999mm. Set in point table. Acceleration/deceleration time is set in point table. S-curve acceleration/deceleration constant is set by parameter 14. Signed absolute value command system, increment value command system, signed absolute value command/incremental value command specification system. Positioning by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication data. Setting by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication. Feed length for 1 point settable between ±1µm and ±999.999mm. Setting by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication. Acceleration/deceleration time also set by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication. S-curve acceleration/deceleration constant is set by parameter 14. Signed absolute value command system, increment value command system, signed absolute value command/incremental value command specification system.

Point table: The following three types of point tables are available. (1) Absolute value command method: The axis moves to the address (absolute value) based on the zero point. Setting range

Unit

–999999 to 999999

✕10STMµm

0 to permissible

r/min

Acceleration time constant

0 to 20000

ms

Sets the acceleration time constant.

Deceleration time constant

0 to 20000

ms

Sets the deceleration time constant.

Dwell time

0 to 20000

ms

Runs the next point table after the set dwell time.

Item Position data Servomotor speed

Description

Point Servo- Acceler- DecelerPosition Dwell Auxiliary table motor ation time ation time data time function No. speed constant constant

Sets the address. STM is the ratio to the data. Sets the command speed for the servomotor used for positioning.

1 2 : 31

0 to 1

1: Continues operation for the next point table without stopping.

●Auxiliary function 1

Position address Start signal

0

point table No.1

point table No.2 1000

Position address Start signal

2000

0

1000

Setting range

Unit

0 to 999999

✕10STMµm

0 to permissible

r/min

Acceleration time constant

0 to 20000

ms

Sets the acceleration time constant.

Deceleration time constant

0 to 20000

ms

Sets the deceleration time constant.

Dwell time

0 to 20000

ms

Runs the next point table after the set dwell time.

0 to 1

Sets the command speed for the servomotor used for positioning.

1 2 : 31

1: Continues operation for the next point table without stopping.

Description

–999999 to 999999

✕10STMµm

• Using as the absolute value command method Sets the address. STM is the ratio to the data. • Using as the incremental value command method Set the movement amount. STM is the ratio to the data.

Servomotor speed

0 to permissible

r/min

Acceleration time constant

0 to 20000

ms

Sets the acceleration time constant.

Deceleration time constant

0 to 20000

ms

Sets the deceleration time constant.

Dwell time

0 to 20000

ms

Runs the next point table after the set dwell time.

• Using as the absolute value command method 0: Positions and stops (waits for start signal). 1: Continues operation for the next point table without stopping. • Using as the incremental value command method 2: Positions and stops (waits for start signal). 3: Continues operation for the next point table without stopping.

Position data

Auxiliary function

0 to 3

Sets the command speed for the servomotor used for positioning.

●Auxiliary function 1 or 3 Speed

Position address Start signal

Speed

0

1000

2000

Position address Start signal

point table No.1 Absolute value command 0

200 100 : 100

200 100 : 100

0 0 : 0

1 0 : 0

(Example of setting (3) point table data) Point Servo- Acceler- DecelerPosition Dwell Auxiliary table motor ation time ation time data time function No. speed constant constant 1 2 : 31

1000 2000 1000 1600 : : 3000 3000

1000

200 100 : 100

200 100 : 100

0 0 : 0

1 2 : 2

If the point table No.1’s auxiliary function is 1 or 3, continuous positioning is carried out based on the point table as shown in the “●Auxiliary function 1 or 3” below. If the point table No.1’s auxiliary function is 0 or 2, a start signal must be issued as shown in “●Auxiliary function 0 or 2” below.

●Auxiliary function 0 or 2

point table point table No.2 No.1 Absolute value Incremental value command command

57

1000 2000 1000 1600 : : 500 3000

If the point table No.1’s auxiliary function is 1, continuous positioning is carried out based on the point table as shown in the “●Auxiliary function 1” above. If the point table No.1’s auxiliary function is 0, a start signal must be issued as shown in “●Auxiliary function 0” above.

Unit

Setting range

2000

Point Servo- Acceler- DecelerPosition Dwell Auxiliary table motor ation time ation time data time function No. speed constant constant

Set the movement amount.

(3) Absolute value command/incremental command designation method: The absolute value and incremental value are designated with the point table. Item

1 0 : 0

(Example of setting (2) point table data)

Description

0: Positions and stops (waits for start signal). Auxiliary function

0 0 : 0

point table No.2

(2) Incremental value command method: The axis moves from the current value according to the set position data

Servomotor speed

200 100 : 100

Speed point table No.1

Position data

200 100 : 100

●Auxiliary function 0

Speed

Item

1000 2000 2000 1600 : : -1000 3000

If the point table No.1’s auxiliary function is 1, continuous positioning is carried out based on the point table as shown in the “●Auxiliary function 1” below. If the point table No.1’s auxiliary function is 0, a start signal must be issued as shown in “●Auxiliary function 0” below.

0: Positions and stops (waits for start signal). Auxiliary function

(Example of setting (1) point table data)

point table No.2 Incremental value command 2000


Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MCP (1) type ● Connection

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MCP/CP1

Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply Main-circuit connection examples (1) to (4) of the standard power supply wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog.

Control-circuit power supply

L1 L2 L3 L11 L21 (Note 5)

CN2

(Note 4, 5)

CN1A

(Note 1, 2) Return to origin complete

RA5

Near-point dog

COM ZP

9 18

DOG SG

8

SG

10 20

LZ LZR LA LAR LB

15 6 16 7

LBR

17

LG OP P15R

1 14 4

Connector CN2 connection The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog.

10 meters max. Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) Control common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector)

SD

5

PLATE

2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max.

(Note 5)

(Note 4, 5)

CN3

CN1B (Note 3) Servo on Forward stroke end Reverse stroke end Automatic/manual selection Point table No. selection 1 Point table No. selection 2 Forward rotation start Reverse rotation start

SON

15

LSP LSN

16

MD0 DI0 DI1

Do not connect when using 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. an external power-supply. (Note 1, 2) Phase match

RA3

Positioning complete

RA4

(Note 6) Malfunction

RA1

Ready

RA2

Connector CN3 connection →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection example (12) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog.

17 7 5 14

ST1 ST2

8 9

SG

10

SG

20

VDD

3

COM

13

CPO

4

MEND ALM RD

6 18

P15R

11

19

10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Upper limit setting

(Note 9)

(Note 7) Override Upper limit setting

(Note 8) Analog torque limit

VC

2

LG

1

TLA SD

2 meters (6.56 ft) max.

12 PLATE

(Note 10)

Notes: 1. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amplifier to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 80mA. If it exceeds 80mA, supply interface power from an external source. 3. LSP and LSN contacts must be closed for normal operation. If they are not closed, command will not be accepted. 4. Signals with the same name are connected inside. 5. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 6. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 7. If using the override (VC), make the override selection (OVR) device available. 8. If using the analog torque limit (TLA), make the external torque limit selection (TL) device available. 9. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 10. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE).

58


Features/Specifications (MR-J2S-MCP-S084) By using the CC-Link compatible servo amplifier “MR-J2S-MCP-SO84” and interface unit “MR-J2S-TO1”, positioning can be carried out just with simple point table settings. The AC servo can be used as the field network's drive source.

Features ● Using the servo amplifier with built-in positioning function, the position data and speed data, etc., can be set via the CC-Link. ● Starting, stopping and monitor displays can also be communicated via CC-Link. ● Serial communication reduces wiring. ● An AC servo distributed control system can be easily structured.

System configuration CC-Link MR-J2S-MCP(1)-S084

MR-J2S -T01

MR-J2S -T01

MR-J2S-MCP(1)-S084

CN10 CC-Link Master unit (Programmable controller)

MR-J2S -T01

CN10

CN1A CN1B

CN1A CN1B

MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP161E

CN30

Cable MR-J2HBUS05M CN40 (Max. 0.5m)

Terminal resistor

CN10

CN1A CN1B

CN30

CN2 CN3

MR-J2S-MCP(1)-S084

CN2 CN3

CN30

CN2 CN3

CN40

CN40

Personal computer cable MR-JRPCATCBL3M

Specifications (MR-J2S-CP-S084) Servo-amp model MR-J2S-

Power supply

10CP -S084

20CP -S084

40CP -S084

60CP -S084

70CP -S084 (-UM)

100CP -S084

200CP -S084

350CP -S084

500CP -S084

700CP -S084 (-UM)

10CP1 -S084

20CP1 -S084

40CP1 -S084

Voltage/frequency (Note 1)

3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

1-phase 100 to 120VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

Permissible voltage fluctuation

3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 207 to 253VAC 50/60Hz

3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz

1-phase 85 to 127VAC 50/60Hz

±5% max.

Permissible frequency fluctuation

Sine-wave PWM control/current control system

Control system Dynamic brake

Built-in

Safety features

Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection

Structure

Self-cooling, open (IP00) Ambient temperature Ambient humidity

Environment

Fan cooling, open (IP00)

90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust

Atmosphere

1000 meters or less above sea level

Elevation

5.9m/s2 max.

Oscillation Mass (kg [lb])

Self-cooling, open (IP00)

0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing)

0.7 (1.5)

0.7 (1.5)

1.1 (2.4)

1.1 (2.4)

1.7 (3.7)

1.7 (3.7)

2.0 (4.4)

2.0 (4.4)

4.9 (10.8)

7.2 (15.9)

0.7 (1.5)

0.7 (1.5)

1.1 (2.4)

Notes:1. Rated output capacity and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalogue.

59


Features/Specifications (MR-J2S-MCP-S084) Specifications (MR-J2S-T01) The CC-Link interface unit is compatible only with the MR-J2S-CP-S084 type. CC-Link interface unit model

MR-J2S-T01

Power supply

5VDC supplied from servo amplifier

Compatible CC-Link version

Ver. 1.10

Compatible servo amplifier

MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084

Communication speed

10M/5M/2.5M/625K/156Kbps

Communication method

Broadcast poling method

Synchronization method

Frame synchronization method

Coding method

NRZI

CC-Link

Transmission path format

Bus format (EIA RS-485 compliant)

Error control method

CRC (X16+X12+X5+1)

Transmission format

HDLC compliant

Remote station number

1 to 64

Connection cable Communication speed Cable length

Maximum cable total length

Shielded 3-core twisted pair cable 156Kbps

625Kbps

2.5Mbps

5Mbps

10Mbps

1200m (3937.01 ft)

900m (2952.76 ft)

400m (1312.34 ft)

160m (524.93 ft)

100m (328.08 ft)

Inter-station cable length Number of connected units

Max. 0.2m (0.66 ft) Maximum 42 units only with remote device station (when occupying one station/unit), (maximum 32 units when occupying two stations/unit), use with other devices possible CC-Link error

Safety features Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Environment

Atmosphere

0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing) 90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust

Elevation

1000 meters or less above sea level 5.9m/s2 max.

Oscillation Mass (kg [lb])

0.3 (0.66)

Positioning function

CC-Link interface unit dimensions

(1) Operation mode: Positioning with three command methods • Input point table number: Positioning is executed by designating the point table number. Refer to the previous page “MR-J2S-CP (built-in positioning function) command method” for details. • Positioning command, speed and acceleration/deceleration time constant point table number command: The position data is set via the CC-Link. Positioning is executed based on the designated point table number’s motor speed, acceleration time constant and deceleration time constant. • Position and speed command: The position data and motor speed are set via the CC-Link. Positioning is executed based on the acceleration time constant and deceleration time constant set in point table number 1. (2) Manual home position return mode The return to origin includes the “dog system”, “count system”, “data set system”, “impact system”, “ignore origin (servo ON position as origin position)”, “dog system rear end reference”, “count system front end reference” and “dog cradle system”. Refer to the previous page “MR-J2S-CP type Servo Amplifier Specifications” for details.

● MR-J2S-T01 Unit: mm (inch)

2-ø6 (0.24) mounting hole 6 (0.24)

25 (0.98) 6 (0.24)

70 (2.76)

135 (5.31) 6 (0.24)

C N 1 0

3

C N 3 0

168 (6.61)

2

1 2 S W

156 (6.14)

R S W 1

6 (0.24)

C N 4 0

60


Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 type ● Connection Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (4) of the Main-circuit standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A power supply type in this catalog.

Control-circuit power supply

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MCP/ CP1-S084

L1 L2 L3 (Note 5)

L11 L21

CN2

Connector CN2 connection The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog.

(Note 4, 5)

CN1A

(Note 1, 2)

COM

Return to origin complete

ZP

RA5

RA6

9 18 10

(Note 7)

10 meters (32.81 ft) max.

CC-Link interface unit MR-J2S-T01 (Note 4, 5)

CN1B

CN40

RS-232C

4 1

TXD

RD

LG

GND

Forced emergency stop (Note 3) Forward stroke end Reverse stroke end

EMG

15

LSP LSN

16

2

RXD

SD

3

SD

GND

Near point dog

DOG

17 7 5

Personal computer cable MR-JRPCATCBL3M

14

(Note 7)

8 9 SG SG

Do not connect when using 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. an external power-supply. (Note 1, 2)

3

COM

13

CPO

4

Phase match

RA3 RA4

(Note 6) Malfunction

RA1

MEND ALM

RA2

RD

10 meters (32.81 ft) max.

(Note 5)

CN3 VDD

Positioning complete Ready

MRZJW3-SETUP161E

10 20

SD

6 18

CN30

CN10

CC-Link

To master station, remote I/O station

19 PLATE

Cable MR-J2HBUS05M

0.5 meters (1.64 ft) max. (Note 9)

Notes: 1. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amplifier to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 80mA. If it exceeds 80mA, supply interface power from an external source. 3. LSP and LSN contacts must be closed for normal operation. If they are not closed, command will not be accepted. 4. Signals with the same name are connected inside. 5. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 6. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 7. The signals are not assigned in the default state. 8. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 9. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE).

61


Features/System Configuration (MR-J2S-MCL) Features ● ● ● ●

Positioning operation is performed in accordance to the program created by the user. Up to 16 programs or 120 steps per axis can be created. Multi-drop operation can be performed for up to 32 axes by serial communication. This product has advanced functions such as the high-level real-time auto tuning, machine resonance suppression filter, adaptive vibration suppression control, and machine analysis. Use the MR Configurator (setup software), MRZJW3-SETUP151E version E1 or later. ● By simply fitting the battery, you can configure an absolute system (linear axis compatibility).

System configuration Simple positioning using DI/O Positioning operation is executed using built in digital I/O while monitoring with a personal computer. MR-J2S-MCL (1) Input signals Program No. selection (4bits)

Junction terminal block (MR-TB20)

CN1A CN1B

Start signal etc. Output signals Ready

RA

In-position

RA

Manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01) CN1A

etc.

RS-232C cable

MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP151E or later (Note 1)

Personal computer CN2CN3

External digital display (MR-DP60) RS-422 cable

Serial communication operation by RS-422 Connecting servo amplifiers in the multi-drop configuration to perform positioning operation. Each servo amplifier can be started from the master controller. The RS-422 protocol communication specifications have been released, so the user can create a program. The monitor and parameter settings can be made with the MR Configurator (setup software), MRZJW3-SETUP151E or later (Note 1), using a personal computer. (Max. 32-axis) MR-J2S-MCL(1) Forced CN1A CN1B emergency stop, etc.

Master controller

RS-232C/RS-422 converter

CN2 CN3

MR-J2S-MCL(1)

MR-J2S-MCL(1)

Forced CN1A CN1B emergency stop, etc.

CN2 CN3

Forced CN1A CN1B emergency stop, etc.

CN2 CN3

Personal computer

MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP151E or later (Note 1)

Notes: 1. MR-J2S-MCL(1) is compatible with the MRZJW3-SETUP151E software version E1. 2. The external digital display (MR-DP60) cannot be used for serial communication operation based on RS-422 or RS-232C.

Communications specifications The RS-422 (RS-232C) specifications are as follows. • Baud rate: 9600, 19200, 38400 or 57600 asynchronous. • Transfer code: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 parity bit, 1 stop bit. • Transfer protocol: Character system, half-duplex communication.

Parity bit Stop bit

Start bit Data bits

1 frame

62


Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MCL) Connections with peripheral equipment Peripheral equipment is connected to the MR-J2S-CL as described below. Connectors, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up the MR-J2S-CL easily and begin using it right away.

Battery compartment (option)

Power-supply 3-phase 200-230VAC or 1-phase 230VAC (Note 1)

A battery (MR-BAT) is installed in the holder when using as an absolute system. Not required when using as an incremental system.

Display panel Displays monitoring data, parameters, and alarms.

No-fuse circuit breaker (NFB)

Control signal (option)

Setting section Parameter settings and monitoring etc. are executed with push buttons.

Used to protect the power supply line.

Servo amplifier MR-J2S- CL (Note 4)

Junction terminal block (MR-TB20) All signals can be connected easily at this terminal block without a connection to CN1A or CN1B.

Control signal connector

(Note 3)

Manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01)

CN1A

Magnetic contactor (MC)

(Note 2)

Used to turn off the servoamp’s power when an alarm has been triggered.

CN3 for RS-232C communication (option) CN1B MR Configurator (Setup software)

MRZJW3-SETUP151E software version E1 or later

CN3 R

S

T

Power factor improvement reactor (FR-BAL)

CN2

(Note 2) X

Y

Z

L1

CN3 for RS-422 communication (option)

L2 U

L3

V

W

TE2 Type 3 ground or above

External digital display (MR-DP60)

D

<With front cover open> L21

L11

Regeneration unit (option)

C

Install this unit in situations involving frequent regeneration and large load inertia moments. Connect this unit referring to “Standard Wiring Diagram”.

P

HC- FS servomotor and encoder (Above picture is HC-KFS23.)

63

Notes: 1. If a 1-phase power-supply (230VAC) is used, please connect to terminals L1 and L2. Nothing should be connected to L3. 2. RS-232C and RS-422 are mutually-exclusive features. RS-422 communication is possible with parameter switching. The RS-422 communication cable can be made by using the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). 3. The manual pulse generator cable can be made by using the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). 4. The connection with the peripheral devices shown above is for the MR-J2S-350CL or smaller. Connect the MR-J2S-500CL or larger as shown in the standard connection diagram.


Servo Amplifier Specifications MR-J2S-CL type Servo-amp model MR-J2SVoltage/frequency (Note 1) Power supply Permissible voltage fluctuation

10CL

20CL

40CL

60CL

70CL (-UM)

100CL

200CL

350CL

500CL

700CL (-UM)

10CL1

20CL1

40CL1

3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

1-phase 100 to 120VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2)

3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 207 to 253VAC 50/60Hz

3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz

1-phase 85 to 127VAC 50/60Hz

±5% max. Sine-wave PWM control/current control system

Permissible frequency fluctuation Control system

Built-in (Note 3)

Safety features

Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection

Command method

Dynamic brake

Program language (programmed by the setup software) Program capacity: 120 steps

Operating specification

Set by the program language One-point feed length setting range: ±1 (µm) to ±999.999 (mm)

Input positioning command Program

A servomotor speed, acceleration and deceleration time constants, and S-pattern acceleration and deceleration time constants are set by the program language. The S-pattern acceleration and deceleration time constants can be set by parameter No. 14 as well.

Input speed command System

Signed absolute value command system, and signed incremental value command system Depends on the setting of the program language

Program operation mode JOG

Operating mode

Manual operation Manual pulse generator mode

Inches upon contact input or RS-422 (RS-232C) communication based on speed commands set by a parameter. Manual feed by manual pulse generator. Command pulse ratio: Selectable ✕1, ✕10, or ✕100 by the parameter.

Dog system

Returns to origin upon Z phase pulse count after passing through near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin shift and settable origin address. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function.

Count system

Returns to origin upon sensor pulse count after touching near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin shift and settable origin address. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to origin without dog. Set any position as the origin using manual operation or the like. Settable origin address.

Data set system Manual home position return mode

Returns to origin upon hitting end of stroke. Selectable direction for return to origin. Settable origin address.

Impact system Ignore origin (Servo-on position as origin position)

Uses position where the servo on signal (SON) becomes ON as origin. Settable origin address.

Dog system rear end reference

Returns to origin with respect to the rear end of a near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin address and settable origin shift. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function.

Count system front end reference

Returns to origin with respect to the front end of a near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin address and settable origin shift. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to origin with respect to the front end of a near-point dog by the first Z-phase pulse. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin address and settable origin shift. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function.

Dog cradle system

Absolute position detection, backlash correction, overtravel protection by the external limit switch, software stroke limit, override by external analog control

Other functions Structure

Self-cooling, open (IP00) Ambient temperature Ambient humidity

Environment

Fan cooling, open (IP00)

90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust

Atmosphere

1000 meters or less above sea level

Elevation

5.9m/s2 max.

Oscillation Mass (kg [lb])

Self-cooling, open (IP00)

0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing)

0.7 (1.5)

0.7 (1.5)

1.1 (2.4)

1.1 (2.4)

1.7 (3.7)

1.7 (3.7)

2.0 (4.4)

2.0 (4.4)

4.9 (10.8)

7.2 (15.9)

0.7 (1.5)

0.7 (1.5)

1.1 (2.4)

Notes:1. Rated output and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalog. 3. For products without a dynamic brake (MR-J2S-MCL-ED or MR-J2S-MCL1-ED), special compliance is possible.

64


Command List Program Operation Position data, servomotor speed, acceleration and deceleration time constants and so on are created as programs beforehand. Positioning operation is performed by selecting the created programs and executing them. Command list Indirect specification

Setting range

Unit

SPN (setting)

0 to instantaneous permissible speed

r/min

STA (Note 2) Acceleration time constant

STA (setting)

0 to 20000

ms

Sets the acceleration time constant.

STB (Note 2) Deceleration time constant Acceleration and STC (Note 2) deceleration time constants S-pattern acceleration STD (Note 2) and deceleration time constants

STB (setting)

0 to 20000

ms

Sets the deceleration time constant.

STC (setting)

0 to 20000

ms

Sets the acceleration and deceleration time constants.

STD (setting)

0 to 100

ms

Sets the S-pattern acceleration and deceleration time constants.

Command

SPN (Note 1)

Name

Motor speed

Setting

–999999

Description

(Note 7)

Sets the command speed of the servo motor for positioning. The setting value must not exceed the instantaneous permissible speed of the servo motor used.

(Note 6)

MOV

Absolute value move command

MOV (setting)

MOVA

Absolute value continuous move command

MOVA (setting)

MOVI

Incremental value move command

MOVI (setting)

MOVIA

Incremental value continuous move command

MOVIA (setting)

Waiting for external signal to switch on

SYNC (setting)

1 to 3

Stops the next step until the program input 1 (PI1) to program input 3 (PI3) are turned ON after the synchronous output (SOUT) command is output.

External signal ON output

OUTON (setting)

1 to 3

Turns ON the program output 1 (OUT1) to program output 3 (OUT3). This signal can be turned OFF after a setup time has elapsed, by setting an ON time with parameter No. 74 to 76.

External signal OFF output

OUTOF (setting)

1 to 3

Turns OFF the program output 1 (OUT1) to program output 3 (OUT3), which were turned ON by the [OUTON] command.

Absolute value passage point specification

TRIP (setting)

When the motor passes through the current position set by user, the next step is executed.

Incremental value passage point specification

TRIPI (setting)

While the motor moves by the [MOVI] command or [MOVIA] command, if the motor has moved for the moving distance set by the [TRIPI] command since the [MOVI] command or [MOVIA] command is performed, the next step is executed. Be sure to write the [TRIPI] command after the [MOVI] command or [MOVIA] command.

Interrupt positioning

ITP (setting)

When the interrupt signal is ON, the motor moves for the distance set by this command, and it stops. Use this command after the [SYNC] command in combination.

External pulse count

COUNT (setting)

pulse

When the value of the pulse counter exceeds the count value set in the [COUNT] command, the next step is executed. Setting [COUNT (0)] clears the pulse counter to zero.

times

The steps, enclosed with the [FOR (setting value)] command and the [NEXT] command, are repeated for the number of times set beforehand. If zero is set, the steps are repeated unlimitedly.

The current position is latched by the rising edge of the input device “current position latch input (LPS)”. The latched current position data can be read by a communication command.

SYNC (Note 3)

OUTON (Note 3, 4)

OUTOF (Note 3)

TRIP (Note 3)

TRIPI (Note 3)

ITP (Note 3, 5)

COUNT (Note 3)

FOR NEXT

Step repeat command

to 999999 –999999 to 999999 –999999 to 999999 –999999 to 999999

–999999 to 999999 –999999 to 999999

✕10STMµm (Note 6)

(Note 6)

✕10STMµm

Moves the set value as an incremental value.

✕10STMµm

Moves the set value continuously as an incremental value. Be sure to use this command together with the [MOVI] command.

(Note 6)

✕10STMµm (Note 6)

✕10STMµm (Note 6)

0 to 999999 –999999 to 999999

FOR (setting)

0,

NEXT

1 to 10000

✕10STMµm

LPOS

TIM

Dwell

TIM (setting)

1 to 2000

✕10ms

ZRT

Home position return

ZRT

TIMES

Program count instruction

TIMES (setting)

STOP

Program stop

STOP

Moves the set value continuously as an absolute value. Be sure to use this command together with the [MOV] command.

✕10STMµm

Current position latch

LPOS (Note 3)

Moves the set value as an absolute value.

0, 1 to 10000

The next step is waited until the time set beforehand has elapsed.

Put the [TIMES (setting value)] command on the top of the program to set the number of times of program execution. If zero is set, the program is repeated unlimitedly.

times —

A manual home position return is executed.

The program being executed is stopped. Be sure to write this command in the final line.

Notes:1. The [SPN] command is valid when the [MOV], [MOVA], [MOVI], or [MOVIA] command is executed. 2. The [STA], [STB], [STC], and [STD] commands are valid when the [MOV] or [MOVI] command is executed. 3. The [SYNC], [OUTON], [OUTOF], [TRIP], [TRIPI], [ITP], [COUNT] and [LPOS] commands are valid even while an instruction is output. 4. If the ON time is set by parameter No. 74 to 76, the next command is executed after the set time has elapsed. 5. If the remaining distance is the setting value or less, the servo motor is not running, or the servo motor is decelerating, the [ITP] command is skipped and control goes to the next step. 6. STM is magnification to data. 7. General-purpose registers (R1 to R4 and D1 to D4) can be specified to the command setting values. 8. For the content of each command, be sure to confirm “MR-J2S-MCL SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL.”

65


Command List Program examples <Example 1> Two types of operation, with which the servomotor speed, acceleration time constant, and deceleration time constant are the same and the move instruction is different, are executed. Program

Description Servomotor speed 1000 (r/min) ............................................... q Acceleration time constant 200 (ms) ....................................... w Deceleration time constant 300 (ms) ....................................... e Absolute value move instruction 1000 (✕10STMµm) ................. r Dwell 100 (ms) ......................................................................... t Absolute value move instruction 2500 (✕10STMµm) ................. y Program stop

SPN (1000) STA (200) STB (300) MOV (1000) TIM (10) MOV (2500) STOP

Speed

w Acceleration time constant (Note 2) (200ms)

e Deceleration time constant (Note 3) (300ms)

w Acceleration time constant (Note 2) (200ms)

q Speed (1000r/min)

Position

0

(Note 1)

e Deceleration time constant (Note 3) (300ms)

q Speed (1000r/min)

1000 r Absolute value move instruction (1000✕10STMµm)

2500 t Dwell (100ms)

y Absolute value move instruction (2500✕10STMµm)

Notes: 1. The values set as steps q, w, and e are valid as long as they are not set again. 2. The setting value is the time elapsing from the stop of the servomotor to the rated speed. 3. The setting value is the time elapsing from the rated speed to the stop of the servomotor.

<Example 2> The steps enclosed with the [FOR (setting value)] command and the [NEXT] command are repeated for the number of times set beforehand. Program

Description

SPN (1000) STC (20) MOV (1000) TIM (10) FOR (3) MOVI (100) TIM (10) NEXT STOP

Servomotor speed 1000 (r/min) Acceleration and deceleration time constants 20 (ms) Absolute value move instruction 1000 (✕10STMµm) Dwell 100 (ms) Step repeat command start 3 (times) ...................................... q Incremental value move instruction 100 (✕10STMµm)............... w Dwell 100 (ms) ......................................................................... e Step repeat command end Program stop

Speed

Acceleration time constant (20ms)

Position

Deceleration time constant (20ms)

Speed (1000r/min)

0

1000

1100

1200

1300

Steps w and e are repeated for the number of times specified by step q. Dwell (100ms)

66


Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MCL (1) type ● Connection Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (4) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog.

Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MCL/CL1

Main-circuit power supply

Control-circuit power supply

L1 L2 L3 L11 L21

(Note 4, 5)

(Note 5)

CN1A

(Note 1, 2) Return to origin complete RA5

COM ZP

9 18

DOG SON SG

8 19 10

LZ LZR LA LAR LB LBR LG OP P15R SD

5 15 6 16 7 17 1 14 4

CN2

Connector CN2 connection Near-point dog Servo on

The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog.

10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) Control common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector)

PLATE

2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. (Note 4, 5)

CN1B

(Note 3) Forward stroke end Reverse stroke end Program input 1 Program input 2 Forward rotation start Program No. selection 1 Program No. selection 2 Reset Do not connect when using 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. an external power-supply. (Note 1, 2) Program output 1

RA3

Position end (Note 6) Malfunction

RA4

Ready

RA1 RA2

(Note 5)

LSP LSN PI1 PI2 ST1 DI0 DI1 RST SG

16 17 8 9 7 5 14 15 10

VDD COM OUT1 PED ALM RD

3 13 4 6 18 19

P15R VC LG

11 2 1

CN3

Connector CN3 connection

→Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection example (12) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog.

10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Upper limit setting

(Note 9)

(Note 7) Override Upper limit setting

(Note 8) Analog torque limit

TLA SD 2 meters (6.56 ft) max.

67

12 PLATE

(Note 10)

Notes: 1. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amplifier to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 80mA. If it exceeds 80mA, supply interface power from an external source. 3. LSP and LSN contacts must be closed for normal operation. If they are not closed, command will not be accepted. 4. Signals with the same name are connected inside. 5. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 6. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 7. If using the override (VC), make the override selection (OVR) device available. 8. If using the analog torque limit (TLA), make the external torque limit selection (TL) device available. 9. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 10. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE).


Options ● Dynamic brake When using a 11kW or larger servo amplifier, use these dynamic brakes if the servomotor must be suddenly stopped during a power failure or when the protection circuit functions. Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA/B MR-J2S-15KA/B MR-J2S-22KA/B MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 MR-J2S-22KA4/B4

Model DBU-11K DBU-15K DBU-22K DBU-11K-4 DBU-22K-4

Dimensions A

DBU-55K-4

B

External dimensions

Dimensions

C

Connection

Unit: mm (inch)

E

5 (0.2)

Servo-amp MR-J2S-30KA/B MR-J2S-37KA/B MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 MR-J2S-37KA4/B4 MR-J2S-45KA4/B4 MR-J2S-55KA4/B4

Model DBU-37K

E (GND)

A

B

Terminal block a

b 13 14

U

Screw size: M3.5

100 (3.94)

D

E

Servo-amp

5 (0.2)

A

V W

Screw size: M4

G

D

F

2.3 (0.09)

C

NFB

MC L1

VDD COM (Note 2) ALM

L2

Mass kg (lb)

Electric wire size (mm2)

20 5 170 163.5 200 190 140 (7.87) (7.48) (5.51) (0.79) (0.2) (6.69) (6.44)

2 (4.4)

5.5 (AWG10)

250 238 150 25 6 235 228 (9.84) (9.37) (5.91) (0.98) (0.24) (9.25) (8.98)

6 (13.2)

5.5 (AWG10)

DBU-11K DBU-15K

C

D

10 (0.39)

DBU-22K

B

2-ø7 (0.276) mounting hole

E

F

G

L3

RA1 EMG

OFF

ON

25 (0.98) 15 (0.59)

228 (8.98)

280 (11.02)

L21

b 13 14

U

V

15 (0.59)

210 (8.27) 15 (0.59)

TE2

Electric wire size (mm2)

Mass 179.5 (7.07)

U, V, W

DBU-11K-4

6.7

5.5

2

DBU-22K-4

(14.8)

(AWG10)

(AWG14)

Other than U, V, W

Notes: 1. The above connection diagram applies only to the MR-J2S-A type. Refer to “MR-J2S-MB SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details on the MR-J2S-B type. 2. When using the dynamic brake, change parameter No.1 (for MR-J2S-A type). Refer to “MR-J2S-MA SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details. 3. This is for the 400V. The 200V does not require a step-down transformer.

Converter unit P P N N

TE1 U

V

NFB

W

MC

Screw size: M5

330 (12.99)

370 (14.57) 390 (15.35)

2-ø10 (0.394) mounting hole

kg (lb)

30 (1.18)

10 (0.39)

178.5 (7.03)

Model

TE2 a

b

(Note 3) Step-down transformer

13 14

RA1 EMG OFF ON

Screw size: M3.5

TE1

10 (0.39)

C

10 (0.39) 15 (0.59) 15 (0.59)

30 (1.18)

MC TE2

230 (9.06) 260 (10.24) 230 (9.06)

Ready

220 (8.66) 235 (9.25)

15 (0.59)

Dynamic brake

W

2.3 (0.09) 195 (7.68)

13 U V W

14 a b

RA1

TE2

25 (0.98)

200 (7.87) 170 (6.69) TE1

260 (10.24)

43 (1.69)

150 (5.91)

SG SD

MC

Screw size: M3.5

26 (1.02)

51 (2.01)

EMG

L11

Screw size: M4 10 (0.39)

B

TE2

SON

SK

a

7 73.8 (2.91) (0.28)

SM

EMG MC

Ready

TE1

TE1

U V W

RA1 Step-down transformer (Note 3)

26 (1.02)

A

Model

Servomotor HA-LFS

RA1

U V W

MC1

2.3 (0.09) 15 (0.59)

MC SK

L1 L2 L3

Servo-amp P P N N VDD COM (Note 2) ALM

L11 L21

U V W

Servomotor HA-LFS

RA1

U V W

RA1

SON EMG SG L11 L21 SD

EMG

14 a

MC1

15 (0.59) Electric wire size (mm2)

Mass Model

kg (lb)

U, V, W

Other than U, V, W

DBU-37K

8 (17.6)

14

2

DBU-55K-4

11 (24.2)

(AWG6)

(AWG14)

SM

13 U V W Dynamic brake

b

Notes: 1. The above connection diagram applies only to the MR-J2S-A type. Refer to “MR-J2S-MB SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details on the MR-J2S-B type. 2. When using the dynamic brake, change parameter No.1 (for MR-J2S-A type). Refer to “MR-J2S-MA SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details. 3. This is for the 400V. The 200V does not require a step-down transformer.

● Junction terminal block (MR-TB20) All signals can be wired to this junction terminal block without a connection to CN1. 126 (4.96)

14

13

LB COM CR

SG 4

2

1

0

NP P15R LA

3

LZ

12

PP

11

10

LG

60 (2.36)

MITSUBISHI MR-TB20

50 (1.97)

117 (4.61)

Terminal block screw size: M3.5 Compatible wire: 2mm2 max. (AWG14) Compressed terminal width: 7.2mm (0.283 inch) max.

46.2 (1.82)

7 (0.28)

2-Ø4.5 (0.177)

68

Unit: mm (inch)


Options ● Cables and connectors (for MR-J2S-700A (4)/CP/CL or smaller) Optional cables and connectors are shown in the diagram below. ● QD75P ● QD75D ● AD75P ● A1SD75P ● FX2N-20GM ● FX2N-10GM ● FX2N-10PG ● FX2N-1PG

Positioning unit

Servomotor HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min series HA-LFS5 to 7kW (Note 7)

20

7 CN1A CN1B

9

11

8

5 6 13 14

CN2 CN3

19

15 16 17

Operation panel

1 TE2

18

Servomotor HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series Cable attached to motor 4 0.3 meter (11.8 inch)

21

MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084

CN10 CC-Link Master unit (Programmable controller)

2 3 Terminal resistor

21

MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084

(Note 10)

CN10

(Note 9)

CN1A CN1B

CN1A CN1B CN30

CN30

CN2 CN3

CN2 CN3 11

11

CN40 10

TE2

CN40

TE2

The connection with the motor is the same as above.

Item

Model

MR-JCCBLMM-H

q

Encoder cable for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor

M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1) M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43 ft) (Note 1)

M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1)

Encoder cable for HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min series, HA-LFS series motor

e

Encoder connector set for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor

IP20

M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43 ft) (Note 1)

Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug) Encoder

MR-ENCBLMM-H M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft)

IP20 Plug (made by DDK) Backshell (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190) CE02-20BS-S IP65 IP67

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

MR-J2CNM

IP20

MR-J2CNS

Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265) Junction connector (made by AMP) 1-172161-9 (black connector housing) (Note 2) 170359-1 (connector pin) MTI-0002 (cable clamp, made by Toa Electric)

IP20

Encoder connector set for HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min series, HA-LFS series motor

y

For CN1A, CN1B

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

t

69

Junction connector (made by AMP) 1-172161-9 (black connector housing) 170359-1 (connector pin) MTI-0002 (cable clamp, made by Toa Electric) Encoder

IP20

(Note 1, 6)

r

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

MR-JHSCBLMM-L (Note 4)

Select one for use with CN2

IP20

Description

MR-JCCBLMM-L

MR-JHSCBLMM-H

w

Protective degree

Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190) IP65 IP67

MR-ENCNS

u

CN1 connector

MR-J2CN1

i

Junction terminal block cable

MR-J2TBLMM

(Note 5)

M=cable length

0.5, 1m (1.64, 3.28 ft)

Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug)

Backshell (straight) (made by DDK) CE02-20BS-S

Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Junction terminal block-side connector (Hirose Electric) HIF3BA-20D-2.54R (connector) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Notes: 1. -H and -L indicate bending life. -H products have a long bending life. 2. AMP 172161-1 (white) can be used for the connector housing. For connector pins, 170363-1 (bulk) can be used. 3. The model listed in the table is the soldered model. The model for press welding is 10120-6000EL (connector) and 10320-3210-000 (shell kit). 4. MR-JHSCBLMM-H and -L are not IP65 compliant. 5. Use the MR-J2CN1 connector when the RS-422 communication cable is supplied by the customer. 6. The encoder cable is not oil-resistant. 7. The HA-LFS601 and 701M do not have a connector type motor power supply. Use only w, e, t, y or !8. 8. Use a 0.5m or shorter cable between the amplifier and CC-Link interface unit. 9. The CN10 connector is enclosed with the unit. The user must manufacture the CC-Link cable with the enclosed CN10 connector. 10. Use the terminator enclosed with the CC-Link master unit.


Options

● Cables and connectors (for MR-J2S-11KA (4) to MR-J2S-22KA (4)) Optional cables and connectors are shown in the diagram below. Servo-amp

● QD75P ● QD75D ● AD75P ● A1SD75P ● FX2N-20GM ● FX2N-10GM ● FX2N-10PG ● FX2N-1PG

Positioning unit

12

7 CN4 CN3

9

8

Servomotor HA-LFS801 (4) or HA-LFS11 to 25kW

CN1A 19

5 6 18

CN1B

Operation panel

CN2 2 3

For CN3

Item

o

Personal computer communication cable

!0

Personal computer communication cable

Model

MR-CPCATCBL3M cable length 3m (9.84 ft)

MR-JRPCATCBL3M cable length 3m (9.84 ft)

Protective degree

MR-J2HBUSMM

!1

Maintenance junction card cable Amplifier to CC-Link interface unit cable

M=cable length

0.5, 1, 5m (1.64, 3.28, 16.40 ft)

Description Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Amp-side connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (connector) 5556 (terminal)

Personal computer-side connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics) DE-9SF-N (connector) DE-C1-J6-S6 (case)

Personal computer-side connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics) DE-9SF-N (connector) DE-C1-J6-S6 (case) Maintenance junction card connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

For brake

Select one for use with motor power-supply

For CN4

(Note 8)

!2

CN4 cable

MR-H3CBL1M Cable length 1m (3.28 ft)

Amp-side connector (made by AMP) 171822-4 (housing) — Note: Use with the 11kW or larger analog monitor output.

!3

Power-supply connector set for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor

MR-PWCNK1

IP20

Plug (made by MOLEX) 5559-04P-210 male terminal (made by MOLEX) 5558PBT3L (for AWG16)

!4

Power-supply connector set for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor with electromagnetic brake

MR-PWCNK2

IP20

Plug (made by MOLEX) 5559-06P-210 male terminal (made by MOLEX) 5558PBT3L (for AWG16)

!5

Power-supply connector set for HC-SFS81 HC-SFS52, 102, 152, 524, 1024, 1524 HC-SFS53, 103, 153 HC-LFS52, 102, 152 HC-RFS103, 153, 203 HC-UFS72, 152

MR-PWCNS1 (straight model)

IP65 IP67

!6

Power-supply connector set for HC-SFS121, 201, 301 HC-SFS202, 352, 502, 2024, 3524, 5024 HC-SFS203, 353 HC-LFS202, 302 HC-RFS353, 503 HA-LFS502 HC-UFS202, 352, 502

MR-PWCNS2 (straight model)

IP65 IP67

!7

Power-supply connector set for HC-SFS702, 7024 HA-LFS702

MR-PWCNS3 (straight model)

IP65 IP67

!8

Brake connector set for HC-SFS121B, 201B, 301B HC-SFS202B, 352B, 502B, 702B, 2024B, 3524B, 5024B, 7024B HC-SFS203B, 353B HC-LFS202B, 302B HA-LFS601B, 801B, 12K1B, 8014B, 12K14B HA-LFS701MB, 11K1MB, 15K1MB, 11K1M4B, 15K1M4B HA-LFS11K2B, 15K2B, 22K2B, 11K24B, 15K24B, 22K24B HC-UFS202B, 352B, 502B

MR-BKCN (straight model)

!9

Junction terminal block

MR-TB20

@0

Maintenance junction card

MR-J2CN3TM

MR-J2S-T01

@1

CC-Link interface unit

IP65 IP67

Plug (straight) (made by DDK) CE05-6A22-23SD-B-BSS

Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-2 (D265)

Plug (straight) (made by DDK) CE05-6A24-10SD-B-BSS

Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-16A-2 (D265)

Plug (straight) (made by DDK) CE05-6A32-17SD-B-BSS

Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-20A-1 (D265)

Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A10SL-4S (D190)

Cable connector (straight) (made by Daiwa Dengyo) YSO10-5 to 8

This is required when using the personal computer and analog monitor output simultaneously. Note: This cannot be used with the 11kW or larger capacities. Compatible only with the MR-J2S-MCP (1) -S084.

70


Options

● Cables and connectors (for MR-J2S-30KA (4) or larger) Optional cables and connectors are shown in the diagram below. Servo-amp

● QD75P ● QD75D ● AD75P ● A1SD75P ● FX2N-20GM ● FX2N-10GM ● FX2N-10PG ● FX2N-1PG

Positioning unit

5 CN4 CN3 6

8 CN1A

12 CN1B

Operation panel

7

CN5A CN2 CN5B Converter unit

Servomotor HA-LFS25K14 and HA-LFS series 30kW or larger

9 3 4

CN1 CN2

5

CN5 CN6 10

11

1 2 Terminal connector

Item

Model

Protective degree

MR-JHSCBLMM-H

M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1)

IP20

MR-JHSCBLMM-L M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43 ft) (Note 1)

IP20

q

Description Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Encoder cable for HA-LFS series motor

Backshell (made by DDK) Plug (made by DDK) CE02-20BS-S MS3106A20-29S (D190)

Select one for use with CN2

(Note 3)

MR-ENCBLMM-H M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1, 5)

w

IP65 IP67 Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

e

MR-J2CNS

r

Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug)

IP20

Encoder connector set for HA-LFS series motor

For CN1A, CN1B, CN5A, converter unit

Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug) Encoder

Backshell (straight) (made by DDK) CE02-20BS-S Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265)

Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190) IP65 IP67

MR-ENCNS

t

CN1 connector CN5 connector

MR-J2CN1

y

Junction terminal block cable

MR-J2TBLMM

(Note4)

M=cable length

0.5, 1m (1.64, 3.28 ft)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Converter unit-side connector or amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Junction terminal block-side connector (Hirose Electric) HIF3BA-20D-2.54R (connector) —

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Notes: 1. -H and -L indicate bending life. -H products have a long bending life. 2. The model listed in the table is the soldered model. The model for press welding is 10120-6000EL (connector) and 10320-3210-000 (shell kit). 3. MR-JHSCBLMM-H and -L are not IP65 compliant. 4. Use the MR-J2CN1 connector when the RS-422 communication cable is supplied by the customer. 5. The encoder cable is not oil-resistant. 6. Keep the CN5 cable length to 1m or shorter.

71


Options

u

cable length 3m (9.84 ft)

MR-H3CBL1M cable length 1m (3.28 ft)

Description Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Personal computer-side connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics) DE-9SF-N (connector) DE-C1-J6-S6 (case)

Amp-side connector (AMP) 171822-4 (housing) —

Converter unit-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

For CN5A

CN4 cable

MR-CPCATCBL3M

Protective degree

o

For CN5B

i

Personal computer communication cable

Model

!0

Terminal connector

MR-A-TM

Terminal connector

For converter unit

For CN4

For CN3

Item

!1

CN1 connector for converter unit

MR-HP4CN1

Converter unit-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10114-3000VE (connector) 10314-52F0-008 (shell kit)

!2

Junction terminal block

MR-TB20

CN5 cable

MR-J2HBUSMM M=cable length 0.5, 1m (1.64, 3.28 ft)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

(Note 6)

72


Options

● Cables and connectors (for MR-J2S-700B or smaller) Optional cables and connectors are shown in the diagram below. 9

● A171SH ● A172SH ● A173UH ● A273UH ● AD75M ● A1SD75M

Controller

CN1A CN1B

7

CN1A CN1B

11

10

CN2

Terminal connector

CN3

CN2

12

CN3

13 8 22 16 17 ● QD75M

Controller

TE2 9

Servomotor HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min series HA-LFS5 to 7kW (Note 7)

1

Servomotor HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series 5 6 4 10

Cable attached to motor 0.3 meter (11.8 inch)

18 19 20

● Q172 (Note 6) ● Q173

21

2 3

Model

Protective degree

MR-JCCBLMM-H M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1)

IP20

MR-JCCBLMM-L M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43 ft) (Note 1)

IP20

Item

q

Encoder cable for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor

MR-JHSCBLMM-H

M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1)

Select one for use with CN2

w

e

Encoder cable for HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min series, HA-LFS series motor

MR-JHSCBLMM-L

(Note 4)

2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft)

MR-ENCBLMM-H

M=cable length

r

Encoder connector set for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor

y

MR-J2CNS Encoder connector set for HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min series, HA-LFS series motor

u

Controller to amplifier bus cable

i

For controller to amplifier connector set

For CN1A

MR-J2CNM

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Junction connector (made by AMP) 1-172161-9 (black connector housing) 170359-1 (connector pin) MTI-0002 (cable clamp, made by Toa Electric) Encoder

Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug) Encoder

IP20

Backshell (made by DDK) CE02-20BS-S IP65 IP67

IP20

IP20

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug)

Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265)

Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190) IP65 IP67

MR-ENCNS

MR-J2HBUSMM-A

M=cable length

0.5, 1, 5m (1.64, 3.28, 16.40 ft)

MR-J2CN1-A

Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) Cable clamp (made by DDK) 10120-3000VE (connector) CE3057-12A-3 (D265) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, Junction connector (made by AMP) or an equivalent product) 1-172161-9 (black connector housing) 10120-3000VE (connector) 170359-1 (connector pin) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) MTI-0002 (cable clamp, made by Toa Electric) (Note 2)

(Note 1, 5)

t

73

M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43 ft) (Note 1)

IP20

Description

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Controller-side connector (made by Honda Tsushin Kogyo) PCR-S20FS (connector) PCR-LS20LA1 (case)

Controller-side connector (made by Honda Tsushin Kogyo) PCR-S20FS (connector) PCR-LS20LA1 (case)

Backshell (straight) (made by DDK) CE02-20BS-S Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Notes: 1. -H and -L indicate bending life. -H products have a long bending life. 2. AMP 172161-1 (white) can be used for the connector housing. For connector pins, 170363-1 (bulk) can be used. 3. The model listed in the table is the soldered model. The model for press welding is 10120-6000EL (connector) and 10320-3210-000 (shell kit). 4. MR-JHSCBLMM-H and -L are not IP65 compliant. 5. The encoder cable is not oil-resistant. 6. Refer to “MOTION CONTROLLER Q SERIES (L(NA)03014)” for the Q172 and Q173. 7. The HA-LFS601 and 701M do not have a connector type motor power supply. Use only w, e, t, y or @1.


Options

● Cables and connectors (for MR-J2S-11KB (4) to MR-J2S-22KB (4)) Optional cables and connectors are shown in the diagram below. ● A171SH ● A172SH ● A173UH ● A273UH ● AD75M ● A1SD75M

Controller

14

Servo-amp

7

CN4 CN3

Servo-amp CN4 CN3

12

CN1A

CN1A

CN1B

CN1B

9

8 ● QD75M

CN2 CON2

Controller

11 Terminal connector

CN2 CON2

10

9 15 5 6 21 ● Q172 (Note 6) ● Q173

2 3

For CN1B

For CN1A, CN1B

Item

Protective degree

MR-J2HBUSMM

o

M=cable length

!0

CN1 connector

MR-J2CN1

!1

Terminal connector

MR-A-TM

Personal computer communication cable

MR-CPCATCBL3M

For CN3 For CON2 For CN4 Select one for use with motor power-supply

Model

Controller to amplifier cable Amplifier to amplifier bus cable

!2

For brake

Servomotor HA-LFS801 (4) or HA-LFS11 to 25kW

10

0.5, 1, 5m (1.64, 3.28, 16.40 ft)

cable length 3m (9.84 ft)

MR-J2HBUSMM

!3

Maintenance junction card cable

!4

CN4 cable

!5

M=cable length

0.5, 1, 5m (1.64, 3.28, 16.40 ft)

MR-H3CBL1M

Description Connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

For controller to amplifier connector set or for amplifier to amplifier connector set (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Personal computer-side connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics) DE-9SF-N (connector) DE-C1-J6-S6 (case)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Maintenance junction card connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3)

Amp-side connector (made by AMP) 171822-4 (housing) Note: Use with the 11kW or larger analog monitor output.

cable length 1m (3.28 ft)

CON2 connector

MR-J2CMP2

!6

Power-supply connector set for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor

MR-PWCNK1

IP20

Plug (made by MOLEX) 5559-04P-210

Male terminal (made by MOLEX) 5558PBT3L (for AWG16)

!7

Power-supply connector set for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor with electromagnetic brake

MR-PWCNK2

IP20

Plug (made by MOLEX) 5559-06P-210

Male terminal (made by MOLEX) 5558PBT3L (for AWG16)

!8

Power-supply connector set for HC-SFS81 HC-SFS52, 102, 152, 524, 1024, 1524 HC-SFS53, 103, 153 HC-LFS52, 102, 152 HC-RFS103, 153, 203 HC-UFS72, 152

MR-PWCNS1 (straight model)

IP65 IP67

!9

Power-supply connector set for HC-SFS121, 201, 301 HC-SFS202, 352, 502, 2024, 3524, 5024 HC-SFS203, 353 HC-LFS202, 302 HC-RFS353, 503 HA-LFS502 HC-UFS202, 352, 502

MR-PWCNS2 (straight model)

IP65 IP67

@0

Power-supply connector set for HC-SFS702, 7024 HA-LFS702

MR-PWCNS3 (straight model)

IP65 IP67

@1

Brake connector set for HC-SFS121B, 201B, 301B HC-SFS202B, 352B, 502B, 702B, 2024B, 3524B, 5024B, 7024B HC-SFS203B, 353B MR-BKCN HC-LFS202B, 302B HA-LFS601B, 801B, 12K1B, 8014B, 12K14B (straight model) HA-LFS701MB, 11K1MB, 15K1MB, 11K1M4B, 15K1M4B HA-LFS11K2B, 15K2B, 22K2B, 11K24B, 15K24B, 22K24B HC-UFS202B, 352B, 502B

@2

Maintenance junction card

MR-J2CN3TM

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10126-3000VE (connector) 10326-52F0-008 (shell kit)

Plug (straight) (made by DDK) CE05-6A22-23SD-B-BSS

Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-1 (D265)

Plug (straight) (made by DDK) CE05-6A24-10SD-B-BSS

Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-16A-2 (D265)

Plug (straight) (made by DDK) CE05-6A32-17SD-B-BSS

Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A10SL-4S (D190)

Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-20A-1 (D265)

Cable connector (straight) (made by Daiwa Dengyo) YSO10-5 to 8

IP65 IP67

74 —

This is required when using the personal computer and analog monitor output simultaneously.

Note: The functions are restricted for the 11kW or larger. Refer to "MR-J2S-MB SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL" for details.


Options

● Cables and connectors (for MR-J2S-30KB (4) or larger) Optional cables and connectors are shown in the diagram below. ● A171SH ● A172SH ● A173UH ● A273UH ● AD75M ● A1SD75M

Controller

11

Servo-amp

5

Servo-amp

CN4

CN4

10

CN3

CN3

CN1A

CN1A

9 CN1B

CN1B

7

6 ● QD75M

CN5A

Controller

7

CN2

CON2

CN5A

8

CN5B

CON2

Terminal connector

Servomotor HA-LFS25K14 and HA-LFS series 30kW or larger

13 ● Q172 (Note 5) ● Q173

CN2

CN5B

3 4

8 Converter unit

7 CN1 CN2

1 2

8

CN5 CN6 Terminal connector

12

9

Model

Protective degree

MR-JHSCBLMM-H M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1)

IP20

MR-JHSCBLMM-L M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43 ft) (Note 1)

IP20

Item

q

Description Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Encoder cable for HA-LFS series motor

Plug (made by DDK) Backshell (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190) CE02-20BS-S

(Note 3)

Select one for use with CN2

MR-ENCBLMM-H

M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft)

w

IP65 IP67

MR-J2CNS

IP20

Encoder connector set for HA-LFS series motor

r

Controller to amplifier bus cable

MR-J2HBUSMM-A M=cable length

0.5, 1, 5m (1.64, 3.28, 16.40 ft)

y

75

For controller to amplifier connector set

MR-J2CN1-A

Backshell (straight) (made by DDK) CE02-20BS-S Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Controller-side connector (made by Honda Tsushin Kogyo) PCR-S20FS (connector) PCR-LS20LA1 (case)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Controller-side connector (made by Honda Tsushin Kogyo) PCR-S20FS (connector) PCR-LS20LA1 (case)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

For CN1A

t

IP65 IP67

Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190)

MR-ENCNS

Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

(Note 1, 4)

e

Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug) Encoder

Notes: 1. -H and -L indicate bending life. -H products have a long bending life. 2. The model listed in the table is the soldered model. The model for press welding is 10120-6000EL (connector) and 10320-3210-000 (shell kit). 3. MR-JHSCBLMM-H and -L are not IP65 compliant. 4. The encoder cable is not oil-resistant. 5. Refer to “MOTION CONTROLLER Q SERIES (L(NA)03014)” for the Q172 and Q173. 6. Keep the CN5 cable length to 1m or shorter.


Options

Model

Protective degree

Connector for controller, CN1 or CN5

MR-J2CN1

o

Terminal connector

MR-A-TM

For CN3

i

!0

Personal computer communication cable

cable length 3m (9.84 ft)

For CN4

!1

CN4 cable

MR-H3CBL1M

For converter unit

u

Controller to amplifier cable MR-J2HBUSMM M=cable length Amplifier to amplifier 0.5, 1, 5m (1.64, 3.28, 16.40 ft) bus cable (Note 6) CN5 cable

!2

For CON2

For CN1B, CN5B

For CN1A, CN1B, CN5A, converter unit

Item

!3

MR-CPCATCBL3M

Description Controller-side connector, amp-side connector or converter unit-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Controller-side connector, amp-side connector or converter unit-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2)

Personal computer-side connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics) DE-9SF-N (connector) DE-C1-J6-S6 (case)

Amp-side connector (AMP) 171822-4 (housing)

cable length 1m (3.28 ft)

CN1 connector for converter unit

MR-HP4CN1

Converter unit-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10114-3000VE (connector) 10314-52F0-008 (shell kit)

CON2 connector

MR-J2CMP2

Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10126-3000VE (connector) 10326-52F0-008 (shell kit)

76


Ordering Information for Customers Ordering information for customers

2 1

Plug

Cable clamp

2

Cable

1

Plug

Cable clamp

Cable

● Servomotor power-supply connectors The motors are not provided with power-supply connectors. Order from previous pages, or choose from among the following recommended products. To order the following recommended products, contact the relevant manufacturer directly. Motor model

1

Application

HC-SFS81 HC-SFS52, 102, 152, 524, 1024, 1524 HC-SFS53, 103, 153 HC-LFS52, 102, 152 HC-RFS103, 153, 203 HC-UFS72, 152

Type

IP65, IP67 EN standards (Note 1)

General environment

HC-SFS121, 201, 301 HC-SFS202, 352, 502, 2024, 3524, 5024 HC-SFS203, 353 HC-LFS202, 302 HC-RFS353, 503 HA-LFS502 HC-UFS202, 352, 502

IP65, IP67 EN standards (Note 1)

General environment IP65, IP67 EN standards

HC-SFS702, 7024 HA-LFS702

(Note 1)

General environment

(Straight type)

Plug (made by DDK) Model

Straight

CE05-6A22-23SD-B-BSS

Angle

CE05-8A22-23SD-B-BAS

Straight Angle

MS3106B22-23S MS3108B22-23S

Straight

CE05-6A24-10SD-B-BSS

Angle

CE05-8A24-10SD-B-BAS

Straight Angle Straight Angle Straight Angle

MS3106B24-10S MS3108B24-10S CE05-6A32-17SD-B-BSS CE05-8A32-17SD-B-BAS MS3106B32-17S MS3108B32-17S

(Angle type)

(For HC-KFS, HC-MFS HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor)

2 Cable clamp (made by DDK) Model Cable diameter mm (inch) CE3057-12A-2 (D265) 9.5 (0.374) to 13 (0.512) CE3057-12A-1 (D265) 12.5 (0.492) to 16 (0.630) CE3057-12A-2 (D265) 9.5 (0.374) to 13 (0.512) CE3057-12A-1 (D265) 12.5 (0.492) to 16 (0.630) MS3057-12A 15.9 (0.626) (Inner diameter of bushing) MS3057-12A CE3057-16A-2 (D265) 13 (0.512) to 15.5 (0.610) CE3057-16A-1 (D265) 15 (0.591) to 19.1 (0.752) CE3057-16A-2 (D265) 13 (0.512) to 15.5 (0.610) CE3057-16A-1 (D265) 15 (0.591) to 19.1 (0.752) MS3057-16A 15.9 (0.626), 19.1 (0.752) (Inner diameter of bushing) MS3057-16A CE3057-20A-1 (D265) 22 (0.866) to 23.8 (0.937) CE3057-20A-1 (D265) 22 (0.866) to 23.8 (0.937) MS3057-20A 19.1 (0.752), 23.8 (0.937) (Inner diameter of bushing) MS3057-20A

Note 1: Not compliant with EN standards. Motor model

(made by MOLEX)

Application

General environment EN standards

HC-KFS, HC-MFS series HC-UFS 3000r/min series

without Brake

Plug 5559-04P-210 male terminal 5558PBT3L (AWG16)

with Brake

Plug 5559-06P-210 male terminal 5558PBT3L (AWG16) 3 1

● Encoder connectors The following motors are not provided with encoder connectors. Order from previous pages, or choose from among the following recommended products. To order the following recommended products, contact the relevant manufacturer directly. Application

1

HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HA-LFS series HC-UFS 2000r/min series

IP65, IP67

MS3106A20-29S (D190)

2 1

Plug

Cable clamp

2 1

Cable

Plug

(Straight type)

Cable clamp

2

Cable clamp

3

Cable

Backshell

2

1

Backshell

Cable clamp

Cable

Plug

(Straight type)

2 Backshell (made by DDK) Type Model Straight CE02-20BS-S Angle CE-20BA-S

Plug (made by DDK)

Motor model

Plug

(Angle type)

3 Cable clamp (made by DDK) Cable diameter mm (inch) Model

6.8 (0.268) to 10 (0.394)

CE3057-12A-3 (D265)

Cable

(Angle type)

Motor model

1

Application

HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HA-LFS series General environment HC-UFS 2000r/min series

Plug (made by DDK)

Type Straight Angle

2 Cable clamp (made by DDK) Cable diameter mm (inch) Model

Model MS3106B20-29S MS3108B20-29S

15.9 (0.626) (Inner diameter of bushing) 2 1

● Brake connectors The following motors are not provided with brake connectors. Order from previous pages, or choose from among the following recommended products. To order the following recommended products, contact the relevant manufacturer directly. Motor model

Application

HC-SFS121B, 201B, 301B HC-SFS202B, 352B, 502B, 702B, 2024B, 3524B, 5024B, 7024B HC-SFS203B, 353B HC-LFS202B, 302B HC-UFS202B, 352B, 502B 2 1

Plug

1

Plug (made by DDK) Model

MS3106A10SL-4S (D190) Angle

Cable clamp

Cable connector Cable

(Straight type)

2

1

Plug

2 Cable connector Cable diameter mm (inch) Model 4 (0.157) to 8 (0.315) ACS-08RL-MS10F 8 (0.315) to 12 (0.472) ACS-12RL-MS10F 5 (0.197) to 8.3 (0.327) YSO10-5~8 4 (0.157) to 8 (0.315) ACA-08RL-MS10F 8 (0.315) to 12 (0.472) ACA-12RL-MS10F 5 (0.197) to 8.3 (0.327) YLO10-5~8

Type Straight

IP65 IP67

Plug

MS3057-12A

Cable connector

Cable

(Angle type)

Manufacturer Nippon Flex Daiwa Dengyo Nippon Flex Daiwa Dengyo

Cable

(Straight type)

Motor model

77

HC-SFS121B, 201B, 301B HC-SFS202B, 352B, 502B, 702B, 2024B, 3524B, 5024B, 7024B HC-SFS203B, 353B HC-LFS202B, 302B HA-LFS601B, 801B, 12K1B, 8014B, 12K14B HA-LFS701MB, 11K1MB, 15K1MB, 11K1M4B, 15K1M4B HA-LFS11K2B, 15K2B, 22K2B, 11K24B, 15K24B, 22K24B HC-UFS202B, 352B, 502B

Application

General environment

1

Type

Straight

Plug (made by DDK) Model

MS3106A10SL-4S

2 Cable clamp (made by DDK) Cable diameter mm (inch) Model

5.6 (0.220) (Inner diameter of bushing)

MS3057-4A


Options ● Power factor improving reactor (FR-BAL, FR-BEL, MR-DCL) This reactor enables users to boost the servo amplifier’s power factor and reduce its power supply capacity. Type

FR-BAL-0.75K FR-BAL-1.5K FR-BAL-2.2K FR-BAL-3.7K FR-BAL-7.5K FR-BAL-11K

AC reactor

Fig.

Applicable servo amp MR-J2S-10A/A1/B/B1/CP/CP1/CL/CL1 MR-J2S-20A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-40A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-20A1/B1/CP1/CL1 MR-J2S-60A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-70A/B/CP/CL (-UM) MR-J2S-40A1/B1/CP1/CL1 MR-J2S-100A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-200A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-350A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-500A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-11KA/B MR-J2S-15KA/B MR-J2S-22KA/B

Model FR-BAL-0.4K

FR-BAL-15K FR-BAL-22K FR-BAL-30K

Type

AC reactor

FR-BAL-H15K A

FR-BAL-H22K FR-BAL-H30K FR-BEL-15K FR-BEL-22K FR-BEL-30K FR-BEL-H15K FR-BEL-H22K FR-BEL-H30K MR-DCL30K MR-DCL37K MR-DCL30K-4 MR-DCL37K-4 MR-DCL45K-4 MR-DCL55K-4

DC reactor

External dimensions

H±5 (0.197)

A

D1±5 (0.197)

W

D±5 (0.197)

Mounting screw

RXSYT Z C

W1

Terminal cover (Note) Screw size G

D1

C

135 (5.31) 120 (4.72) 115 (4.53) 59 (2.32)

45 (1.77)

7.5 (0.3)

M4

M3.5

2.0 (4.4)

FR-BAL-0.75K

135 (5.31) 120 (4.72) 115 (4.53) 69 (2.72)

57 (2.24)

7.5 (0.3)

M4

M3.5

2.8 (6.2)

FR-BAL-1.5K

160 (6.3) 145 (5.71) 140 (5.51)

71 (2.8)

55 (2.17)

7.5 (0.3)

M4

M3.5

3.7 (8.2)

FR-BAL-2.2K

160 (6.3) 145 (5.71) 140 (5.51) 91 (3.58)

75 (2.95)

7.5 (0.3)

M4

M3.5

5.6 (12.3)

FR-BAL-3.7K

220 (8.66) 200 (7.87) 192 (7.56) 90 (3.54)

70 (2.76)

10 (0.39)

M5

M4

8.5 (18.7)

FR-BAL-7.5K

220 (8.66) 200 (7.87) 194 (7.64) 120 (4.72) 100 (3.94) 10 (0.39)

M5

M5

14.5 (31.9)

FR-BAL-11K

280 (11.02) 255 (10.04) 220 (8.66) 135 (5.31) 100 (3.94) 12.5 (0.49)

M6

M6

19 (41.9)

FR-BAL-15K

295 (11.61) 270 (10.63) 275 (10.83) 133 (5.24) 110 (4.33) 12.5 (0.49)

M6

M6

27 (59.5)

FR-BAL-22K

290 (11.42) 240 (9.45) 301 (11.85) 199 (7.83) 170 (6.69) 25 (0.98)

M8

M8

35 (77.1)

FR-BAL-30K

290 (11.42) 240 (9.45) 301 (11.85) 219 (8.62) 190 (7.48) 25 (0.98)

M8

M8

43 (94.7) 5.3 (11.7)

160 (6.3) 145 (5.71) 140 (5.51) 87 (3.43)

70 (2.76)

7.5 (0.3)

M4

M3.5

160 (6.3) 145 (5.71) 140 (5.51) 91 (3.58)

75 (2.95)

7.5 (0.3)

M4

M3.5

5.9 (13)

FR-BAL-H3.7K

220 (8.66) 200 (7.87) 190 (7.48) 90 (3.54)

70 (2.76)

10 (0.39)

M5

M3.5

8.5 (18.7)

FR-BAL-H7.5K

220 (8.66) 200 (7.87) 192 (7.56) 120 (4.72) 100 (3.94) 10 (0.39)

M5

M4

14 (30.8)

FR-BAL-H11K

280 (11.02) 255 (10.04) 226 (8.9) 130 (5.12) 100 (3.94) 12.5 (0.49)

M6

M5

18.5 (40.8)

FR-BAL-H15K

295 (11.61) 270 (10.63) 244 (9.61) 130 (5.12) 110 (4.33) 12.5 (0.49)

M6

M5

27 (59.5)

FR-BAL-H22K

290 (11.42) 240 (9.45) 269 (10.59) 199 (7.83) 170 (6.69) 25 (0.98)

M8

M8

35 (77.1)

FR-BAL-H30K

290 (11.42) 240 (9.45) 290 (11.42) 219 (8.62) 190 (7.48) 25 (0.98)

M8

M8

43 (94.7)

Variable dimensions mm (inch) Type

C or less D

FR-BEL-22K

FR-BEL-H15K

L

FR-BEL-30K H B or less

FR-BEL-H22K

Note: The terminal cover is enclosed, so attach it after connecting F the wires. Installation leg section

Terminal cover

Terminal block (M3.5 screw) for thermal protector

FR-BEL-H30K

Terminal screw

B

C or less

MR-DCL30K-4 (B1) B or less Mounting hole for M8

E

MR-DCL37K-4 MR-DCL45K-4 MR-DCL55K-4

F

155 (6.1) 165 (6.5) 165 (6.5) 155 (6.1) 165 (6.5) 165 (6.5)

L

G

6 14 (0.24) (0.55) 15 7 (0.28) (0.59) 15 7 (0.28) (0.59) 6 14 (0.24) (0.55) 15 7 (0.28) (0.59) 15 7 (0.28) (0.59)

M8 M8 M8 M6 M6 M6

H 56 (2.2) 70 (2.76) 70 (2.76) 56 (2.2) 70 (2.76) 70 (2.76)

Variable dimensions mm (inch) A

MR-DCL37K

A or less

D

Type

MR-DCL30K

D±1.5 (0.059)

C

170 93 170 2.3 (6.69) (3.66) (6.69) (0.09) 185 119 182 2.6 (7.28) (4.69) (7.17) (0.1) 185 119 201 2.6 (7.28) (4.69) (7.91) (0.1) 170 93 160 2.3 (6.69) (3.66) (6.3) (0.09) 185 119 171 2.6 (7.28) (4.69) (6.73) (0.1) 185 119 189 2.6 (7.28) (4.69) (7.44) (0.1)

P1 P2

C

D

FR-BAL-H2.2K

FR-BEL-15K

2-FXL notch E A or less

H

FR-BAL-H1.5K

A

B

W1

W

B

B1

C

D

255 135 80 215 232 (10.04) (5.31) (3.15) (8.46) (9.13) 205 (8.07) 225 (8.86) 240 (9.45) 260 (10.24)

135 (5.31) 135 (5.31) 135 (5.31) 135 (5.31)

75 (2.95) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15)

200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 215 (8.46)

175 (6.89) 197 (7.76) 212 (8.35) 232 (9.13)

Mounting Mass screw size kg (lb) M5 M6 M6 M5 M6 M6

NFB

Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC or 3-phase 380 to 480VAC

Power-supply 1-phase 100 to 120VAC or 1-phase 230VAC

M8 M8 M8 M8

9.5 (20.9) 6.5 (14.3) 7 (15.4) 7.5 (16.5) 9.5 (20.9)

60 (AWG2/0)

C

MC

FR-BAL R X S

Y

T

Z

L1 L2 L3

NFB

MC

FR-BAL R X S

Y

T

Z

L1 L2

Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA (4)/B (4) to 22KA (4)/B (4) Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC or 3-phase 380 to 480VAC

NFB

MC

FR-BAL X R S

Y

T

Z

L1 L2 L3 L11 L21

Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA (4)/B (4) to 22KA (4)/B (4)

FR-BEL P

P1

Note: Always disconnect the short bar across P-P1 when using the DC reactor. Converter unit MR-HP30KA/MR-HP55KA4

Terminal Mass Wire size screw size kg (lb) (mm2)

M12

B

Servo-amp 1-phase 100/230VAC MR-J2S-40A1/B1/CP1/CL1 or smaller or MR-J2S-70A/B/CP/CL or smaller

Wire size (mm2)

3.8 (8.4) 22 (AWG4) 5.4 (11.9) 30 (AWG2) 6.7 (14.8) 60 (AWG2/0) 3.7 8 (AWG8) (8.2) 5.0 22 (AWG4) (11) 6.7 22 (AWG4) (14.8)

A

Servo-amp MR-J2S-700A(4)/B/CP/CL or smaller

Mounting Terminal Mass screw size screw size kg (lb)

FR-BAL-0.4K

Fig.

Connections

Unit: mm (inch)

Variable dimensions mm (inch)

Type

Applicable servo amp MR-J2S-60A4 MR-J2S-100A4 MR-J2S-200A4 MR-J2S-350A4 MR-J2S-500A4 MR-J2S-700A4 MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 MR-J2S-22KA4/B4 MR-J2S-11KA/B MR-J2S-15KA/B MR-J2S-22KA/B MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 MR-J2S-22KA4/B4 MR-J2S-30KA/B MR-J2S-37KA/B MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 MR-J2S-37KA4/B4 MR-J2S-45KA4/B4 MR-J2S-55KA4/B4

Model FR-BAL-H1.5K FR-BAL-H2.2K FR-BAL-H3.7K FR-BAL-H7.5K FR-BAL-H11K

MR-DCL P1

80 (AWG3/0) 30 (AWG2)

P2

38 (AWG2) 50 (AWG1/0) 60 (AWG2/0)

Note: Always disconnect the short bar across P1-P2 when using the DC reactor.

78


Options ● Optional regeneration unit Servo-amp model (MR-J2S-)

Standard accessory (external regenerative resistor)/tolerable regenerative power (W) GRZG400-

Built-in regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power (W)

2Ω✕4

1Ω✕5

0.8Ω✕5

5Ω✕4

2.5Ω✕5

2Ω✕5

— 10 10 10 20 20 100 100 130 170 — — — — — 10 20 100 100 130 170 — — — — — — —

— — — — — — — — — — 500 (800) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

— — — — — — — — — — — 850 (1300) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

— — — — — — — — — — — — 850 (1300) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 500 (800) — — — — — —

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 850 (1300) — — — — —

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 850 (1300) — — — —

10A(1)/B(1)/CP(1)/CL(1) 20A(1)/B(1)/CP(1)/CL(1) 40A(1)/B(1)/CP(1)/CL(1) 60A/B/CP/CL 70A/B/CP/CL(-UM) 100A/B/CP/CL 200A/B/CP/CL 350A/B/CP/CL 500A/B/CP/CL 700A/B/CP/CL 11KA/B 15KA/B 22KA/B 30KA/B 37KA/B 60A4 100A4 200A4 350A4 500A4 700A4 11KA4/B4 15KA4/B4 22KA4/B4 30KA4/B4 37KA4/B4 45KA4/B4 55KA4/B4

Notes: 1. The tolerable regenerative power in the table differs from the regenerative resistor’s rated wattage. 2. For the values given in parentheses, install cooling fans (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92✕2 units), and change parameter No. 0 (for MR-J2S-A type) or No. 2 (for MR-J2S-B type).

External dimensions ● MR-RB032, MR-RB12

Terminal block

79 (3.11)

● MR-J2S-350M or smaller 125 (4.92)

12 (0.47)

6 (0.24)

LB

150 (5.91)

ø6 (0.236) mounting hole LA

Connections

Unit: mm (inch)

● MR-RB30, MR-RB31, MR-RB32

Servo-amp D

Always disconnect the wire across P-D. Optional regeneration unit P

P

144 (5.67)

168 (6.61)

156 (6.14)

3.2 (0.13)

5 (0.20)

7 (0.28) 10 (0.39)

Mass kg (lb)

MR-RB30

2.9 (6.4)

MR-RB31

2.9 (6.4)

MR-RB32

2.9 (6.4)

P C G3

G3 (Note 2) G4

G4

LD

20 (0.79)

5 m (16.4 ft) or less

(Note 1) Fan Notes: 1. When using the MR-RB50, always forcibly cool with the cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 2. Create a sequence that turns OFF the magnetic contactor (MC) when abnormal overheating occurs.

Screw size: M4

1.6 (0.06)

● MR-RB50, MR-RB51

LC

7 (0.275)✕14 (0.551) long hole

Terminal block

<Terminal arrangement> TE1

● MR-J2S-500M, 700M

Servo-amp

350 (13.78) 325 (12.80)

G3 G4 P C

LB

LC

C G3 G4

5 m (16.4 ft) or less

LD

Mass kg (lb)

MR-RB032

30 (1.18) 15 (0.59) 119 (4.69) 99 (3.90) 0.5 (1.1)

MR-RB12

40 (1.57) 15 (0.59) 169 (6.65) 149 (5.87) 1.1 (2.4)

2.3 (0.09)

200 (7.87)

17 (0.67)

7 (0.28) 12 116 (4.57) (0.47) 128 (5.04)

<Terminal arrangement>

Type

Mass kg (lb)

MR-RB50

5.6 (12.3)

MR-RB51

5.6 (12.3)

P C G3 G4 Screw size: M4

79

P

C

(Note 2)

Variable dimensions LA

Always disconnect the wire for the servo amplifier's built-in regenerative resistor (across P-C). Optional regeneration unit

P

Screw size: M3

Type

C

C

90 (3.54)

<Terminal arrangement>

Type

12 (0.47)

6 (0.24)

17 (0.67)

100 (3.94)

TE1

6 (0.24)

318 (12.52)

(Note 1) Fan

Notes: 1. When using the MR-RB50 and MR-RB51, always forcibly cool with the cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 2. Create a sequence that turns OFF the magnetic contactor (MC) when abnormal overheating occurs.


Options

032

12

30

31

32

50

51

30 30 30 30 30 30 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕

✕ 100 100 100 100 100 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕

✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 300 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕

✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕

✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕

✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 500 500 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕

✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕

Optional regeneration unit/tolerable regenerative power (W) MR-RB 1L-4 3M-4 139 67 66 137 (available (available 3H-4 3G-4 34-4 65 soon) soon) ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 (800) ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 850 (1300) ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 850 (1300) ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 1300 3900 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 1300 3900 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 100 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕

External dimensions

5H-4

5G-4

54-4

✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕

✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 500 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕

✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕

Do not disconnect the short bar.

Terminal

power (W)

Leave a space of 70mm (2.76 inch) or more between each resistor.

V

40 (1.57)

P1

Resistance

Mass/unit

(W)

value (Ω)

kg (lb)

4

500

800

8 (2Ω✕4)

0.8 (1.8)

GRZG400-1Ω

5

850

1300

5 (1Ω✕5)

0.8 (1.8)

5

Serial connection

Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA/B to 22KA/B

P C N

Fan M92✕2)

Twist

(1.0m3/min,

0.8 (1.8)

4 (0.8Ω✕5)

1300

850

10 (0.39)

30 (1.18)

● MR-RB65, MR-RB66, MR-RB67 (Note 5) 2-ø10 (0.393) mounting hole

Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA/B to 22KA/B

Do not disconnect the short bar.

440 (17.32)

480 (18.9)

500 (19.69)

Optional regeneration unit

TE1 G4 G3 C

G3

10 (0.39)

30 (1.18)

(Note) 230 (9.06) 260 (10.24) 230 (9.06)

Create a sequence that shuts off the main circuit power-supply when the thermal protector activates.

kg (lb)

MR-RB65

500

800

GRZG400-2Ω✕4

MR-RB66

850

1300

GRZG400-1Ω✕5 11 (24.2)

MR-RB67

850

1300 GRZG400-0.8Ω✕5 11 (24.2)

10 (22)

Note: Create a sequence that turns OFF the magnetic contactor (MC) when abnormal overheating occurs.

10 (0.39)

● MR-RB139

15 (0.59)

TE1 R

S G4 G3 C

Converter unit P1

<Terminal arrangement>

500 (19.69)

480 (18.9) 260 (10.24)

10 (0.39)

15 (0.59)

10 (0.39) 230 (9.06)

ALM

Mass

Description

(W)

power (W)

DC reactor (option)

TE1

G4

COM

215 (8.46)

● MR-RB137, MR-RB139 2-ø10 (0.393) hole

RA

2.3 (0.09)

Tolerable regenerative With fan

Model

C

C

P

Screw size: M5 15 (0.59)

P1 P

P

<Terminal arrangement>

TE1

P2

P

(Note 2)

✽Create an external sequence that turns off the servo amplifier’s main circuit contactor contact when the thermal protector contact (b contact) in the optional regeneration unit functions (opens) due to overheating.

● MR-RB137 DC reactor (option)

Converter unit P1 P2

Servomotor HA-LFS

P C

197 (7.76)

P C G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S

2.3 (0.09) 15 (0.59)

215 (8.46)

Tolerable regenerative

Mass

power (W)

kg (lb)

MR-RB139

1300

10 (22)

MR-RB137

3900 (3 unit set)

11 (24.2)

24VDC power-supply OHS1 + –

RA

✽Create an external sequence that turns off the servo amplifier’s main circuit contactor contact when the thermal protector contact (b contact) in the optional regeneration unit functions (opens) due to overheating.

(Note 2) Servomotor HA-LFS

P C

Screw size: M5

Model

40 40 40 40 40 40 13 13 13 6.7 8 5 4 1.3 1.3 270 120 80 47 47 26 20 12.5 10 5 5 5 5

U

W

GRZG400-2Ω GRZG400-0.8Ω

✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 3900 3900 3900 3900

L2

9 (0.35)

Tolerable regenerative With fan

Qty.

✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 1300 1300 1300 1300

L3

79 (3.11)

40 (1.57)

46 (1.81)

Model

136-4

L1

350 (13.78)

384 (15.12) 410 (16.14)

6K-4

60-4

✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 (800) ✕ ✕ ✕ 850 (1300) ✕ ✕ 850 (1300) ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕

Connections

Unit: mm (inch)

● GRZG400-2Ω, GRZG400-1Ω, GRZG400-0.8Ω:Standard accessory (Note 1, 5) ø5.5 (0.216) hole

6B-4

Resistance value 138-4 (Ω)

OHS2

Servomotor thermal

1-phase 200VAC

Notes: 1. Connect MR-RB139 to the converter unit. 2. Disconnect the short bar across P1–P2 when using the DC reactor.

P C

P C

P C

G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S

G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S

G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S

24VDC power-supply OHS1 + –

RA

OHS2

Servomotor thermal

1-phase 200VAC

Notes: 1. Connect MR-RB137 to the converter unit. 2. Disconnect the short bar across P1–P2 when using the DC reactor.

Notes: 1. A servo amplifier (MR-J2S-MKM-PX) without enclosed regenerative resistor is available for the servo amplifiers MR-J2S-11KA/B to 22KA/B. 2. The optional regeneration unit will heat up to approx. 100°C (212°F), so do not directly mount it on a wall susceptible to heat. Use nonflammable wires or provide flame resistant treatment (use silicon tubes, etc.), and wire so that the wires do not contact the optional regeneration unit. 3. Always use twisted wires for the optional regeneration unit, and keep the length as short as possible (5m (16.4 ft) or less). 4. Always use twisted wires for the temperature detector, and make sure that the detector does not malfunction due to inducted noise. 5. When installing cooling fans (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92✕2 units) to increase the regeneration braking frequency, change parameter No. 0 (for MR-J2S-A type) or No. 2 (for MR-J2S-B type).

80


Options ● Optional regeneration unit External dimensions

● MR-J2S-200A4 or smaller Servo-amp

40 (1.57) 6 (0.24)

36 (1.42) 15 (0.59)

Connections

Unit: mm (inch)

● MR-RB1L-4 (available soon)

ø6 (0.236) mounting hole

D

Always disconnect the wire across P-D. Optional regeneration unit P

P <Terminal arrangement> TE1

C

C

G3

TE1

(Note1)

G4

144 (5.67)

168 (6.61)

156 (6.14)

G3

G4

P

5 m (16.4 ft) or less C

Fan

Screw size: M3

6 (0.24)

Note:1. Create a sequence that turns OFF the magnetic contactor (MC) when abnormal overheating occurs. 6 (0.24)

11 (0.43) 24 (0.94)

2 (0.08) Mass kg (lb)

Type

149 (5.87) 173 (6.81)

1.1 (2.4)

MR-RB1L-4

● MR-J2S-350A4 to 700A4 ● MR-RB3M-4 (available soon) Terminal block

Always disconnect the wire for the servo amplifier's built-in regenerative resistor (across P-C).

79 (3.11)

Servo-amp Optional regeneration unit

P

125 (4.92)

150 (5.91)

<Terminal arrangement>

C G3

P

G4

C

P C

Screw size: M4

3.2 (0.13)

318 (12.52)

17 (0.67)

7 (0.28)

Mass kg (lb)

Type

90 (3.54)

10 (0.39)

MR-RB3M-4

100 (3.94)

G3 (Note 2)

G4

2.9 (6.4)

5m (16.4ft) or less

8.5 (0.33)

● MR-RB3H-4, MR-RB3G-4, MR-RB34-4

100 (3.94)

Notes: 1. When using the MR-RB5H-4, MR-RB5G-4 or MR-RB54-4, always forcibly cool with the cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 2. Create a sequence that turns OFF the magnetic contactor (MC) when abnormal overheating occurs.

142 (5.59)

150 (5.91) 7 (0.28) 90 (3.54)

23 (0.91)

318 (12.52)

<Terminal arrangement>

341 (13.43)

P C

79 (3.11)

8.5 (0.33)

125 (4.92)

Fan mounting screw (2-M3 screw)

10 (0.39)

G3 G4 Screw size: M4

Model MR-RB3H-4 MR-RB3G-4 MR-RB34-4

Tolerable regenerative power (W) 300 300 300

Mass kg (lb) 2.9 (6.4) 2.9 (6.4) 2.9 (6.4)

350 (13.78) 12.5 162.5 (6.4) (0.49) 162.5 (6.4)

● MR-RB5H-4, MR-RB5G-4, MR-RB54-4 Fan mounting screw (2-M3 screw) provided on opposite side

49 82.5 (1.93) (3.25)

133 (5.24)

82.5 (3.25)

7 (0.275) ✕ 14 (0.551) long hole

Wind blows in <Terminal arrangement> direction of arrow P C

223 (8.78)

12.5 (0.49)

G3

23 (0.91)

2.3 (0.09)

12 (0.47)

7 (0.28) 120 (4.72)

Model MR-RB5H-4 MR-RB5G-4 MR-RB54-4

81

(Note 1) Fan

30 (1.18) 8 (0.31)

Tolerable regenerative power (W) 500 500 500

G4 Screw size: M4

Mass kg (lb) 5.6 (12.3) 5.6 (12.3) 5.6 (12.3)


Options ● Optional regeneration unit External dimensions

Connections

Unit: mm (inch)

● GRZG400-5Ω, GRZG400-2.5Ω, GRZG400-2Ω: Standard accessory (Note 1, 5)

350 (13.78)

L1 Do not disconnect the short bar. L2

Terminal

384 (15.12)

U

P1 Serial connection

P C

40 (1.57)

N

Twist Model GRZG400-5Ω GRZG400-2.5Ω GRZG400-2Ω

Qty. Tolerable regenerative power (W) With fan (W) 4 500 800 5 850 1300 5 850 1300

Resistance value (Ω) 20 (5Ω✕4) 12.5 (2.5Ω✕5) 10 (2Ω✕5)

Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 to 22KA4/B4

V W

9 (0.35)

410 (16.14)

L3

Leave a space of 70mm (2.76 inch) or more between each resistor.

79 (3.11)

40 (1.57)

46 (1.81)

ø5.5 (0.216) hole

Fan (1.0m3/min, M92✕2)

Mass/unit kg (lb) 0.8 (1.8) 0.8 (1.8) 0.8 (1.8)

10 (0.39)

30 (1.18)

● MR-RB6B-4, MR-RB60-4, MR-RB6K-4 (Note 5) 2-ø10 (0.393) mounting hole

Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 to 22KA4/B4

Do not disconnect the short bar. P1

440 (17.32)

480 (18.9)

500 (19.69)

Optional regeneration unit P

<Terminal arrangement> TE1 G4 G3 C

TE1

30 (1.18)

10 (0.39)

260 (10.24)

COM

RA

G3 (Note)

230 (9.06)

C

C

P

Screw size: M5

15 (0.59)

P

ALM

G4

2.3 (0.09) 215 (8.46)

Create a sequence that shuts off the main circuit power-supply when the thermal protector activates.

230 (9.06) With fan Tolerable (W) regenerative power (W)

Model

Mass kg (lb)

Description

MR-RB6B-4

500

800

GRZG400-5Ω✕4

10 (22)

MR-RB60-4

850

1300

GRZG400-2.5Ω✕5

11 (24.2)

MR-RB6K-4

850

1300

GRZG400-2Ω✕5

11 (24.2)

● MR-RB136-4, MR-RB138-4

Note: Create a sequence that turns OFF the magnetic contactor (MC) when abnormal overheating occurs.

● MR-RB136-4

✽Create an external sequence that turns off the servo amplifier's main circuit contactor contact when the thermal protector contact (b contact) in the optional regeneration unit functions (opens) due to overheating.

Converter unit

10 (0.39)

2-ø10 (0.393) hole

DC reactor (option) P1 P2

(Note 2) Servomotor HA-LFS

480 (18.9) 15 (0.59)

230 (9.06) 260 (10.24)

10 (0.39)

10 (0.39)

500 (19.69)

P C

15 (0.59)

R400

S400 G4 G3 C

24VDC power

P C G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S

<Terminal arrangement> P

OHS1

OHS2

RA

Servomotor thermal

1-phase 400VAC

Screw size: M5

Notes: 1. Connect MR-RB136-4 to the converter unit. 2. Disconnect the short bar across P1-P2 when using the DC reactor. 2.3 (0.09) 197 (7.76)

● MR-RB138-4

15 (0.59)

215 (8.46)

✽Create an external sequence that turns off the servo amplifier's main circuit contactor contact when the thermal protector contact (b contact) in the optional regeneration unit functions (opens) due to overheating.

Converter unit DC reactor (option) P1 P2

(Note 2)

Servomotor HA-LFS

P C

Model

Tolerable regenerative power (W)

Mass kg (lb)

MR-RB136-4

1300

10 (22)

MR-RB138-4

3900 (3 unit set)

11 (24.2)

P C

P C

P C

G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S

G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S

G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S

24VDC power

OHS1

OHS2

RA

Servomotor thermal

1-phase 400VAC

Notes: 1. Connect MR-RB138-4 to the converter unit. 2. Disconnect the short bar across P1-P2 when using the DC reactor.

Notes:1. A servo amplifier (MR-J2S-MKM4-PX) without enclosed regenerative resistor is available for the servo amplifiers MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 to 22KA4/B4. 2. The optional regeneration unit will heat up to approx. 100°C (212°F), so do not directly mount it on a wall susceptible to heat. Use nonflammable wires or provide flame resistant treatment (use silicon tubes, etc.), and wire so that the wires do not contact the optional regeneration unit. 3. Always use twisted wires for the optional regeneration unit, and keep the length as short as possible (5m (16.4 ft) or less). 4. Always use twisted wires for the temperature detector, and make sure that the detector does not malfunction due to inducted noise. 5. When installing cooling fans (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92 x 2 units) to increase the regeneration braking frequency, change parameter No. 0 (for MR-J2S-A type) or No. 2 (for MR-J2S-B type).

82


Options ● Battery (MR-BAT) The servomotor’s absolute value can be maintained by installing a battery in the servo-amp. There is no need to install the battery when using as incremental mode. Note: 1. A6BAT can be used also. 2. The 44th Edition of the IATA (International Air Transportation Association) Dangerous Goods Regulations was effected in January 1st, 2003 and administered immediately. In this edition, the provisions relating to lithium and lithium ion batteries have been revised to strengthen regulations on the air transportation of battery. This battery is not dangerous goods (not class 9). Therefore, these batteries of 24 units or less are not subject to the regulations. MR-BAT 3.6V 1700mAh 0.48g

Type Nominal voltage Nominal capacity Lithium content

These batteries more than 24 units require packing based on Packing Instruction 903. If you need the self-certification form for the battery safety test, contact Mitsubishi. For more information, contact Mitsubishi. (as of August, 2003) ● Maintenance relay card (MR-J2CN3TM) ... Use with MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL or smaller The maintenance relay card is used when using the personal computer and analog monitor output simultaneously. External dimensions

MR-J2CN3TM

2-ø5.3 (0.209) mounting hole

CN3B

Unit: mm (inch)

CN3C

A1

A6

B1

Notes: 1. Use the MR-J2HBUSMM for the maintenance relay card cable. 2. Use the connector CN4 and cable MR-H3CBL1M for the MR-J2S-11KA(4)/B(4) or larger analog monitor output.

75 (2.95)

CN3A

B6

Mass kg (lb)

Model

TE1

MR-J2CN3TM

0.11 (0.24)

3 (0.118) 88 (3.46)

41.5 (1.63)

100 (3.94)

Note: Cannot be used with CC-Link compatible product (MR-J2S-MCP-S084).

● Manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01) ... Compatible only with MR-J2S-CP type and MR-J2S-CL type. (Note 1) External dimensions

5V~ 12V 0V

A

3-ø4.8 (0.189) equally divided

B

±0.2

ø72 ±0.008 ) (2.835

8.89 (0.35)

7.6 (0.299)

27.0±0.5 (1.06±0.0197)

0

(ø2 ø62 + 2 .44 1 +00

.07

9

)

Only M3✕6 can be mounted 16 20 (0.63) (0.79)

Unit: mm (inch)

Panel cutting

3-M4 stud L10 P.C.D 72 equally divided

ø80±1 (3.15±0.0394)

ø60±0.5 (2.362±0.0197)

SERIALNO.

ø70 (2.756) ø50 (1.969)

MANUAL TYPE

3.6 (0.14) Packing t2.0

Mounting

Unit: mm (inch)

Notes: 1. Cannot be used with CC-Link compatible product (MR-J2S-MCP-S084). 2. Manufacture the manual pulse generator cable with the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). Refer to “MR-J2S SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details.

● External digital display (MR-DP60) ... Compatible only with MR-J2S-CP type and MR-J2S-CL type.

MR-DP60

7.5 2-ø4.5 (0.177) mounting hole (0.295) 2-ø6.5 (0.256) depth 1 (0.039)

38 (1.496)

150 (5.91) 165 (6.5)

Square hole 141 (5.55) 150 (5.91)

2-ø5 (0.197)

Square hole 95 (3.74) 150 (5.906)

48 (1.89)

43 (1.69)

4 (0.16)

7.5 (0.295)

2-ø5 (0.197)

Unit: mm (inch)

Inside mounting

53 (2.09)

TB1

Front mounting 58 (2.28)

29 (1.14) 29 (1.14)

TB2

MITSUBISHI

Mounting

Unit: mm (inch)

20 (0.79)

External dimensions

Notes: 1. When using the MR-DP60, change the parameter No. 16 value. Refer to “MR-J2S SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details. 2. Manufacture the external digital display cable with the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). Refer to “MR-J2S SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details.

83


Options ● Heat sink outside attachment (MR-(J)ACN) By mounting the heat sink outside attachment on the converter unit or servo amplifier, the heat generating section can be mounted outside the control box. This makes it possible to dissipate the unit’s heat to outside the box. Approx. 50% of the heating value can be dissipated with this method, and the control box dimensions can be downsized. Mounting

MR-ACN(P)MK

DB DC DD

300 (11.81)

605 (23.82) 575 (22.64) 444 (17.48)

510 (20.08)

Servo-amp or converter unit

Drill hole

15 (0.59)

260 (10.24)

Panel 175 (6.89) 125 (4.92)

4-M10 screw

MR-JACN15K

18 (0.71)

30 (1.18)

Panel 3.2 (0.126) 105 155 (6.1) (4.13) 11.5 (0.45)

535 (21.06) 331 (13.03) 39.5 (1.56)

160 (6.3)

Servo-amp

DA DB

4-M10 screw

MR-JACN22K Drill hole

DC DD

Unit: mm (inch)

Applicable servo-amp converter unit

Model DA

440 (17.32)

145 (5.71) 400 (15.75)

MR-JACNMK

Panel

Attachment

Panel

145 (5.71)

Panel

35 (1.38)

MR-ACN(P)MK

68 (2.68)

20 (0.79)

Panel cutting dimensions

Unit: mm (inch)

MR-JACN22K

39.5 (1.56)

MR-JACN15K

MR-J2S-11KA/B MR-J2S-15KA/B MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 MR-J2S-22KA/B MR-J2S-22KA4/B4

Variable dimensions DA DB DC DD 203 236 255 270 (7.99) (9.29) (10.04) (10.63)

MR-ACNP55K

MR-HP30KA,HP55KA4

MR-ACN30K

MR-J2S-30KA4/B4

MR-ACN55K

MR-J2S-30KA/B MR-J2S-37KA/B MR-J2S-37KA4/B4 MR-J2S-45KA4/B4 MR-J2S-55KA4/B4

290 (11.42) 205 (8.07) 385 (15.16)

326 (12.83) 156 (6.14) 336 (13.23)

345 (13.58) 110 (4.33) 290 (11.42)

360 (14.17) 190 (7.48) 370 (14.57)

455 406 360 440 (17.91) (15.98) (14.17) (17.32)

● Radio noise filter (FR-BIF, FR-BIF-H) Effectively controls noise transmitted from the power-supply side of the servo amplifier or converter unit, and is especially effective for radio frequency bands under 10MHz. Only for input. FR-BIF MR-J2S-22KMor smaller, MR-J2S-30KM or 37KM FR-BIF-H MR-J2S-11KM4 to MR-J2S-55KM4 External dimensions

Connections

Unit: mm (inch)

MR-J2S-22KM(4) or smaller NFB

Leakage current: 4mA

White Red Blue

MC L1

Green

Powersupply

300 (11.8)

L2

Servo-amp

L3 FR-BIF or FR-BIF-H

MR-J2S-30KM(4) or larger

4 (0.16)

ø5 (0.197) hole

42 (1.65)

29 (1.14)

NFB

MC

Converter unit L1 L2

Powersupply

L3 29 (1.14)

58 (2.28)

7 (0.28)

FR-BIF or FR-BIF-H

44 (1.73)

Notes: 1. Cannot be connected to output side of the servo-amplifier or converter unit. 2. Wiring should be as short as possible, and please connect to the terminal block of the unit.

● Line noise filter (FR-BSF01, FR-BLF) This filter is effective in suppressing radio noise emitted from the servo amplifier’s or converter unit’s power-supply side or output side and high-frequency leakage current (zero-phase current). Especially effective in the 0.5MHz to 5MHz band. External dimensions

31.5 (1.24)

110 (4.33)

NFB

85 (3.35)

2.3 (0.09)

Powersupply

L1 L2 Line noise filter

35 (1.378)

80 (3.15)

65 (2.56)

65 (2.56)

MC Servo-amp

130 (5.12)

3 ø3 99) .2 (1

MR-J2S-22KM(4) or smaller

ø7 (0.276)

2-ø5 (0.197) 7 (0.276)

95 (3.74)

Wind the 3-phase wires in the same direction the same number of winds, and then connect to the power-supply side and output side of the servo amplifier or converter unit. Increasing the number of winds on the power-supply side is effective, but normally, the wire is wound approx. four times. If the wire is thick and hard to wind, use two or more filters, and make sure that the total of penetrations exceeds the above number. Make sure that the number of penetrations on the output side is four times or less. Do not wind the grounding (earth) wire together with the 3-phase wires. The effect of the filter will drop.

<FR-BLF> MR-J2S-350M or larger

3 (0.12)

22 (0.87)

<FR-BSF01> MR-J2S-200M or smaller

Connections

Unit: mm (inch)

L3

MR-J2S-30KM(4) or larger NFB

160 (6.30)

MC

180 (7.09)

L1

Powersupply

L2

Converter unit

L3

Line noise filters

84


Peripheral Equipment ● EMC filter The following filters are provided as a filter compliant with the EMC directive for the servo amplifier’s power supply. Type

Model SF1252 SF1253 HF3040A-TM (Note) HF3050A-TM (Note) HF3060A-TMA (Note) HF3080A-TMA (Note) HF3100A-TMA (Note)

EMC filter

HF3200A-TMA (Note)

Applicable servo-amp MR-J2S-10A/B/CP/CL to 100A/B/CP/CL, MR-J2S-10A1/B1/CP1/CL1 to 40A1/B1/CP1/CL1 MR-J2S-200A/B/CP/CL, MR-J2S-350A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-500A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-11KA/B MR-J2S-15KA/B MR-J2S-22KA/B MR-J2S-30KA/B, MR-J2S-37KA/B

Fig.

Type

Model

A

TF3005C-TX (Note)

B TF3020C-TX (Note) TF3030C-TX (Note) TF3040C-TX (Note) TF3060C-TX (Note)

EMC filter

C

D TF3150C-TX (Note)

Note: Made by Soshin Electric.

External dimensions

Applicable servo-amp MR-J2S-60A4 MR-J2S-100A4 MR-J2S-200A4 MR-J2S-350A4 MR-J2S-500A4 MR-J2S-700A4 MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 MR-J2S-22KA4/B4 MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 MR-J2S-37KA4/B4 MR-J2S-45KA4/B4 MR-J2S-55KA4/B4

Fig.

E

F

G

Connections

Unit: mm (inch)

● SF1252 149.5 (5.89)

ø6.0 (0.236)

140.0 (5.51)

168.0 (6.61)

A

156.0 (6.14)

LINE (input side)

Servo-amp MR-J2S-350A/B/CP/CL or smaller MR-J2S-40A1/B1/CP1/CL1 or smaller

LOAD (output side)

SF1252

42.0 (1.65)

EMC filter

Mass kg (lb)

Model

16.0 (0.63)

8.5 (0.33)

(Note 1)

0.75 (1.7)

Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to “EMC Installation Guidelines”.

Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC or 1-phase 230VAC

LINE

Servo-amp LOAD

NFB

MC L1

L1’

L2

L2’

L3

L3’

L1 L2 L3

(Note 2)

L11

● SF1253

L21

209.5 (8.25)

ø6.0 (0.236)

Notes: 1. For 1-phase 230VAC power-supply, connect the power-supply to L1, L2, and leave L3 open. 1-phase 230VAC is applied to the MR-J2S-70M or smaller. There is no L3 for 1-phase 100 to 120VAC power-supply. 2. Connect when the power-supply has earth.

140.0 (5.51)

168.0 (6.61)

B

156.0 (6.14)

LINE (input side)

LOAD (output side)

8.5 (0.33)

Mass kg (lb)

Model

23.0 (0.91)

SF1253

49.0 (1.93)

1.37 (3)

Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to “EMC Installation Guidelines”.

● HF3040A-TM, HF3050A-TM, HF3060A-TMA, HF3080A-TMA, HF3100A-TMA <HF3040A-TM, HF3050A-TM, HF3060A-TMA>

<HF3080A-TMA, HF3100A-TMA>

LINE (input side)

LINE (input side)

8-8.5 (0.335) ✕12 (0.472)

3-M8

C

C

56 (2.2)

3-M8

D

F

E

44 (1.73)

L

Servo-amp MR-J2S-500A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-11KA/B to 22KA/B 220 (8.66)

L

LOAD (output side)

200 (7.87)

LOAD (output side)

180 (7.09)

K

EMC filter LINE

M

Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC

100 (3.94)

C

J

300 (11.81)

B

MC L1

L1’

L2

L2’

L3

L3’

(Note) H

350 (13.78)

A

Servo-amp LOAD

NFB

Model

HF3050A-TM

85

Dimensions mm (inch) A

B

C

260 (10.24) 210 (8.27) 85 (3.35)

D

E

F

G

H

44 (1.73) 170 (6.69) 100 (3.94) 44 (1.73) 230 (9.06) 160 (6.3) —

K

L

M

Mass kg (lb)

R3.24 (0.13) length 8 (0.31)

M5

M4

5.5 (12.1)

M6

M4

6.7 (14.8)

M6

M4

10 (22)

M6

J

155 (6.1) 140 (5.51) 125 (4.92) 44 (1.73) 140 (5.51) 70 (2.76)

290 (11.42) 240 (9.45) 100 (3.94) 190 (7.48) 175 (6.89) 160 (6.3) HF3060A-TMA 290 (11.42) 240 (9.45) 100 (3.94) 190 (7.48) 175 (6.89) 160 (6.3) HF3080A-TMA — — — — — — HF3100A-TMA

L2 L3 L11 L21

405 (15.94)

HF3040A-TM

L1

210 (8.27) 135 (5.31)

Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to the “EMC Installation Guidelines”.

13 (28.6) 14.5 (31.9)

Note: Connect when the power-supply has earth.


Peripheral Equipment

External dimensions

Connections

Unit: mm (inch)

● HF3200A-TMA 3-M10

LINE (input side)

Servo-amp MR-J2S-30KA/B MR-J2S-37KA/B

M8

LOAD (output side) 3-M10

Converter unit

100 (3.94) ±1 (0.04)

15 (0.59) ±2 (0.08)

33 (1.3)

230 (9.06) ±2 (0.08)

190 (7.48) ±1 (0.04)

EMC filter LINE

LOAD

NFB

D

5-6.5 (0.256) ✕8 (0.315)

Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC

L1

L1’

L2

L2’

L3

L3’

550 (21.65) ±1 (0.04)

Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to “EMC Installation Guidelines”.

L11 L21

Servo-amp L11 L21

Mass kg (lb)

HF3200A-TMA 23.5 (51.8)

Note: Connect when the power-supply has earth.

Servo-amp MR-J2S-700A4 or smaller

Power-supply 3-phase 380 to 480VAC

155 (6.1) ±2 (0.08)

M4

NFB

140 (5.51) ±1 (0.04)

M4

M4

3-M4

LOAD (output side)

(for M6)

125 (4.92) ±2 (0.08)

12.2 (0.48)

6-6.5 (0.256) ✕8 (0.315)

16 (0.63)

16 (0.63)

● TF3005C-TX, TF3020C-TX, TF3030C-TX

E

L3

(Note)

210 (8.27) ±2 (0.08)

Model

3-M4

L2

140 (5.51) ±2 (0.08)

570 (22.44) ±2 (0.08)

LINE (input side)

L1

100 (3.94) ±2 (0.08)

5-ø6.5 (0.256)

530 (20.87) ±2 (0.08)

MC

LINE

EMC filter

Servo-amp

LOAD

L1

L1’

L2 L3

L2’ L3’

MC L1 L2 L3

(Note) 24VDC

24V.L 0V.L

Note: Connect when the power-supply has earth. 67.5 (2.66) ±3 (0.12)

100 (3.94) ±1 (0.04) 100 (3.94) ±1 (0.04)

Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA4/B4

150 (5.91) ±2 (0.08)

290 (11.42) ±2 (0.08) 308 (12.13) ±5 (0.2)

NFB

160 (6.3) 170 (6.69) ±5 (0.2)

332 (13.07 ) ±5 (0.2)

Mass kg (lb)

Model TF3005C-TX TF3020C-TX TF3030C-TX

Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to “EMC Installation Guidelines”.

Power-supply 3-phase 380 to 480VAC

LINE

EMC filter

Servo-amp

LOAD

L1

L1’

L2 L3

L2’ L3’

MC L1 L2 L3

(Note)

L11 L21

3 (6.6) 4.8 (10.6)

Note: Connect when the power-supply has earth.

● TF3040C-TX, TF3060C-TX

M4

160 (6.3) ±1 (0.04)

145 (5.71) ±2 (0.08)

17 (0.67)

22 (0.87)

M4

22 (0.87)

F

3-M6

M6

3-M6

LOAD (output side)

(for M6)

Servo-amp MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 MR-J2S-22KA4/B4

175 (6.89) ±2 (0.08)

8-6.5 (0.256) ✕8 (0.315)

LINE (input side)

91.5 (3.6) 100 (3.94) ±1 (0.04)

100 (3.94) ±1 (0.04)

Servo-amp

EMC filter LINE

LOAD

NFB

100 (3.94) ±1 (0.04)

Power-supply 3-phase 380 to 480VAC

180 (7.09) ±2 (0.08)

390 (15.35) ±2 (0.08)

MC L1

L1’

L2

L2’

L3

L3’

L1 L2 L3

(Note)

L11

190 (7.48)

412 (16.22) ±5 (0.2)

L21

200 (7.87) ±5 (0.2)

438 (17.24) ±5 (0.2)

Model TF3040C-TX TF3060C-TX

Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to “EMC Installation Guidelines”.

Mass kg (lb) 8.2 (18.1) 15 (33)

Note: Connect when the power-supply has earth.

G

8-R 4.25 (0.167) length 12 (0.472) (for M8)

LINE (input side)

LOAD (output side)

Servo-amp MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 to 55KA4/B4

M8

Converter unit

245 (9.65) ±2 (0.08)

258 (10.16) ±3 (0.12)

225 (8.86) ±1 (0.04)

200 (7.87) ±2 (0.08)

EMC filter 3-M8

3-M8

23 (0.91) ±1 (0.04)

27 (1.06) ±1 (0.04)

27 (1.06) ±1 (0.04)

● TF3150C-TX

LINE

LOAD

NFB Power-supply 3-phase 380 to 480VAC

M4 M4

MC L1

L1’

L2

L2’

L3

L3’

(Note)

L1 L2 L3 L11 L21

150 (5.91) ±1 (0.04)

150 (5.91) ±1 (0.04)

150 (5.91) ±1 (0.04)

M4

452 (17.8) ±5 (0.2)

Servo-amp

500 (19.69) ±3 (0.12)

L11 L21 Model

Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to “EMC Installation Guidelines”.

TF3150C-TX

86

Mass kg (lb) 34.5 (76)

Note: Connect when the power-supply has earth.


Peripheral Equipment Selection of peripheral equipment ● Electric wires, no-fuse circuit breakers, magnetic contactors Servo-amp MR-J2S-10A/A1/B/B1/CP/CP1/CL/CL1 MR-J2S-20A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-40A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-20A1/B1/CP1/CL1 MR-J2S-60A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-40A1/B1/CP1/CL1 MR-J2S-70A/B/CP/CL (-UM) MR-J2S-100A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-200A/B/CP/CL

No-fuse circuit breaker

Magnetic contactor

Electric wire size (mm2) L1, L2, L3,

L11, L21, 24V · L11, 0V · L21 (Note 6)

U, V, W,

P, C

BU, BV, BW

B1, B2

OHS1, OHS2

1.25 (AWG16)

30A frame 5A 30A frame 10A S-N10

1.25 (AWG16)

2 (AWG14)

2 (AWG14)

30A frame 15A 30A frame 20A

S-N18

MR-J2S-350A/B/CP/CL

30A frame 30A

S-N20

MR-J2S-500A/B/CP/CL

50A frame 50A

S-N35

3.5 (AWG12) 5.5 (AWG10)

1.25 (AWG16)

2 (AWG14) 3.5 (AWG12) 5.5 (AWG10) (Note 2) 5.5 (AWG10)

3.5 100A frame 75A S-N50 8 (AWG8) 8 (AWG8) (AWG12) (Note 3) 100A frame 100A S-N65 14 (AWG6) MR-J2S-11KA/B 22 (AWG4) 225A frame 125A S-N95 22 (AWG4) MR-J2S-15KA/B 30 (AWG2) (Note 5) 2 5.5 225A frame 175A S-N125 60 MR-J2S-22KA/B (AWG14) (AWG10) 50 (AWG1/0) 400A frame 250A S-K150 (AWG2/0) 2 MR-J2S-30KA/B 400A frame 300A S-K180 80 (AWG3/0) 60 (AWG2/0) (AWG14) MR-J2S-37KA/B 30A frame 5A MR-J2S-60A4 1.25 (AWG16) 30A frame 10A S-N10 2 (AWG14) MR-J2S-100A4 30A frame 15A 2 (AWG14) 2 MR-J2S-200A4 — 30A frame 20A 3.5 (AWG12) (AWG14) 3.5 (AWG12) MR-J2S-350A4 1.25 S-N18 30A frame 30A MR-J2S-500A4 (AWG16) 5.5 (AWG10) 5.5 (AWG10) 50A frame 40A S-N20 MR-J2S-700A4 60A frame 60A S-N25 8 (AWG8) 3.5 (AWG12) 8 (AWG8) MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 2 100A frame 75A S-N35 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 (AWG14) 22 (AWG4) 14 (AWG6) 225A frame 125A S-N65 MR-J2S-22KA4/B4 225A frame 150A S-K95 30 (AWG2) 5.5 22 (AWG4) MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 225A frame 175A S-K125 38 (AWG2) (AWG10) 30 (AWG2) 2 MR-J2S-37KA4/B4 1.25 225A frame 225A S-K150 50 (AWG1/0) 38 (AWG2) (AWG14) MR-J2S-45KA4/B4 (AWG16) 400A frame 250A S-K180 60 (AWG2/0) 50 (AWG1/0) MR-J2S-55KA4/B4 Notes: 1. Assuming use of a 600V polyvinyl chloride electric wire, with wires in table having a length of 30 m (98.43 ft). 2. Use a 3.5mm2 (AWG12) electric wire when connecting the servomotor HC-RFS203. 3. Use a 2mm2 (AWG14) wire when connecting the servomotor HA-LFS601 or HA-LFS701M. 4. Use a 1.25mm2 (AWG16) wire when connecting the servomotor HA-LFS601 or HA-LFS701M. 5. Always use a 38-S6 (made by JST Mfg.) or R38-6S (made by NICHIFU) crimp terminal when connecting to U, V and W terminals of MR-J2S-15KA/B. 6. The 24V · L11 and 0V · L21 terminals are for the servo amplifier MR-J2S-60A4 to MR-J2S-500A4. MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL

(Note 4) 2 (AWG14)

1.25 (AWG16)

1.25 (AWG16)

2 (AWG14) 1.25 (AWG16) —

● Surge suppressor Attach surge suppressors to the servo amplifier and signal cable’s AC relays, AC solenoids, and AC power-supply brake. Attach diodes to DC relays and DC solenoids. Sample configuration Surge suppressor: 972A-2003 504 11 (rated 200V, made by Matsuo Denki) Diode : A diode with resisting pressure 4 or more times greater than the relay’s drive voltage, and 2 or more times greater than the current. ● Data line filter Attaching a data line filter to the pulse output cable or motor encoder cable of the pulse train command unit (AD75, etc.) is effective in preventing noise penetration. Sample configuration Data line filter: ESD-SR-25 (made by Tokin), ZCAT3035-1330 (made by TDK)

87


Using a Personal Computer < MR Configurator (Setup software) > ● MRZJW3-SETUP161E This software makes it easy to do monitor display, diagnosis, reading and writing of parameters, and test operations from the setup using a personal computer.

● Operating conditions

Features (1) This software can be setup with a personal computer. Compatible personal computers: Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional, Windows® XP Professional and Windows® XP Home Edition (Note 1, Note 2). (2) Ample functions Graphic display functions are provided to display the servomotor status with the input signal triggers, such as the command pulse, droop pulse and speed. (3) Run Tests from a Personal Computer Allows servomotors to be tested easily from a personal computer.

Personal computer

IBM PC/AT compatible unit running Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional, Windows® XP Professional and Windows® XP Home Edition. Processor : Pentium 133MHz or faster (Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional) Pentium 150MHz or faster (Windows® Me) Pentium 300MHz (Windows® XP Professional/Home Edition) Memory : 16MB or more (Windows® 95), 24MB or more (Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition) 32MB or more (Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional) 128MB or more (Windows® XP Professional/Home Edition) Open hard disk capacity: 40MB or more Serial port used

OS

Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional, Windows® XP Professional, Windows® XP Home Edition (Note 2)

(Note 1, 8)

Monitor Keyboard

Capable of resolution 800✕600 or more, high color (16-bit display) Compatible with above personal computers.

Mouse

Compatible with above personal computers. Note that serial mice are incompatible.

Printer

Compatible with above personal computers.

Communication cable

MR-CPCATCBL3M

● Specifications (Items in parentheses do not work with the MR-J2S.) Functions

Main-menu Monitors Alarms Diagnosis Parameters Test operations Advanced function Program data (Note 6) Point data File operation Other

Batch display, fast display, and graph display. Alarm display, alarm history, display of data that generated alarm DI/DO display, function device display (Note 7), failure to rotate reason display, power ON count display, software number display, motor information display, tuning data display, ABS data display, VC automatic offset display (Note 3), axis name setting, (unit configuration list display), full closed diagnosis (Note 5) Parameter setting, list displays, display of change lists, display of detailed information, tuning, and device setting (Note 7). JOG operation, positioning operation, operation without motor, forced DO output, program operation using simple language, one-step feed, and program test operation. (Note 6) Machine analyzer, gain search, machine simulation Program data, indirect addressing Point table (Note 4) Data reading, storage, and printing. Automatic operation and help display.

Notes: 1. Windows and WindowsNT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. 2. Windows® XP is compatible from MRZJW3-SETUP161E. 3. The VC automatic offset display is compatible only with the MR-J2S-A type. 4. Compatible only with the MR-J2S-CP type. 5. Compatible only with the full closed control compatible amplifiers. 6. Compatible only with MR-J2S-CL type. 7. Compatible with MR-J2S-CP and MR-J2S-CL types. 8. This software may not run correctly depending on the personal computer being used. 9. The screens shown on this page are for reference and may differ from the actual screens.

88


Using a Personal Computer <Capacity selection software> ● MRZJW3-MOTSZ111E (Note 4) A user-friendly design facilitates selection of the optimum servo-amp, servomotor (including brake), and optional regeneration units when you enter constants and operation pattern into machine-specific screens.

● Operating conditions

Features (1) Random operation patterns can be set. A random operation pattern can be selected from the position control mode operation or speed control mode operation patterns. The set operation pattern can be displayed in the graph. (2) The feedrate (or motor rotation speed) and torque can be displayed in the graph during the selection process. (3) Compatible with Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional (Note 1).

Personal computer

IBM PC/AT compatible unit running Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional. Processor : Pentium 133MHz or faster (Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional) Pentium 150MHz or faster (Windows® Me) ® Memory : 16MB or more (Windows 95), 24MB or more (Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition) 32MB or more (Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional) Open hard disk capacity: 40MB or more

OS

Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional

(Note 1, 2)

Monitor Keyboard

Capable of resolution 800✕600 or more, high color (16-bit display). Compatible with above personal computers.

Mouse

Compatible with above personal computers. Note that serial mice are incompatible.

Printer

Compatible with above personal computers.

● Specifications Parameter Types of structural machine elements Parameter Output of results Printing Data storage 89

Inertia moment calculation function

Description Horizontal ball screws, vertical ball screws, rack and pinions, roll feeds, rotating tables, dollies, elevators, conveyors, and other (direct inertia input) devices. Selected servo amplifier name, selected servomotor name, selected regeneration unit name, load inertia moment, load inertia moment ratio, peak torque, peak torque ratio, effective torque, effective torque ratio, regenerative power (regenerative energy for MR-J2M), and regenerative power ratio. Print input specifications, operation pattern, calculation process, selection process feedrate (or motor rotation speed) and torque graphs and selection results. Assign file name to input specifications, operation patterns and selection results, and save on hard disk or floppy disk, etc. Cylinder, core alignment column, variable speed, linear movement, suspension, conical, truncated cone

Notes: 1. Windows and WindowsNT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. 2. This software may not run correctly depending on the personal computer being used. 3. The screens shown on this page are for reference and may differ from the actual screens. 4. This software can be obtained for free. Contact Mitsubishi for the details.


The Differences: Comparison with MR-J2 Series The Differences (Comparison with MR-J2 series) ● Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA series Item

MR-J2-MA —

Single-phase 100VAC : 0.05 to 0.4kW 3-phase 200VAC : 0.05 to 37kW 3-phase 400VAC : 0.5 to 55kW

Single-phase 100VAC: 0.05 to 0.4kW 3-phase 200VAC : 0.05 to 3.5kW 3-phase 400VAC : —

Compatible with MR-J2-MA (including encoder wiring) RS-422 communication function added

7 segment display panel/ No. of operation buttons

5-digit 1 2 3 4 5 /4

4-digit 1 2 3 4 /4

Communication interface

Possible to select RS-232C or RS-422

RS-232C only

500kpps (in differential mode)

400kpps (in differential mode)

MR-J2S-MB

MR-J2-MB

Rated output Hardware

MR-J2S-MA Same as MR-J2-MA/Same as MR-J2-MA

External dimensions/Mounting method

External wiring

Pulse train input

MR-J2S-MB series Item

Hardware

External dimensions/Mounting method Rated output

External wiring

Same as MR-J2-MB/Same as MR-J2-MB

Single-phase 100VAC : 0.05 to 0.4kW 3-phase 200VAC : 0.05 to 37kW 3-phase 400VAC : 11 to 55kW

Single-phase 100VAC : — 3-phase 200VAC : 0.05 to 3.5kW 3-phase 400VAC : —

Compatible with MR-J2-MB (including encoder wiring), Encoder pulse output (ABZ) signal added

MR-J2S-MCP series Item External dimensions/Mounting method

Hardware

Rated output

MR-J2S-MCP

MR-J2-MC

Same as MR-J2-MC/Same as MR-J2-MC

Single-phase 100VAC : 0.05 to 0.4kW 3-phase 200VAC : 0.05 to 7kW

Single-phase 100VAC : — 3-phase 200VAC : 0.05 to 3.5kW

Compatible with MR-J2-MC (including encoder wiring)

5-digit 1 2 3 4 5 /4

4-digit 1 2 3 4 /4

External wiring 7 segment display panel/ No. of operation buttons

Compatible with MR-J2-MC

Compatible with CC-Link using special parts

HC-MS, HA-LFS

HC-M

ABS 17bit (131072 p/rev)

ABS 13bit (8192 p/rev), 14bit (16384 p/rev)

Communication interface Special compliance

● Servomotor Item Encoder resolution External dimensions/Mounting method

Power-supply connector

Rated output

Compatible <HC-KFS/HC-MFS/HC-UFS 3000r/min> power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle in case without brake) 5557-06R-210 (receptacle in case with brake) 5556PBT (female terminal) 3-phase 200VAC: 0.05 to 37kW 3-phase 400VAC: 0.5 to 55kW

Brake Protective Function

— <Existing models: HC-KF/HC-MF/HC-UF 3000r/min> insulated tip, round-crimp terminal is attached

3-phase 200VAC: 0.05 to 3.5kW

Same as existing models

HC-KFS/HC-MFS: IP55 (IP65) (Note)

HC-KF/HC-MF: IP44 (IP65) (Note)

Notes: Protective structure with rating of IP65 corresponds to special product. Not compatible with the motor capacity 50W.

Connectivity with Existing Models The MR-J2S servo-amplifiers are compatible for connection to existing motors, however, performance of the MR-J2S series will not be improved. Please note that the new model motors (HC-MS series or HA-LFS series) cannot be connected to the servo-amplifier of the MR-J2 series.

90


Cautions Concerning Use To ensure safe use • To ensure the safe and proper use of the product, we ask that you read the instruction manual and “MR-J2S INSTRUCTION MANUAL” prior to its use. • These products are not designed or manufactured for use in machinery and systems where people’s safety is at stake. • When considering the product for use in such special applications as equipment or systems employed in passenger transportation, medicine, aerospace, nuclear power generation, or underwater relays, please contact our sales representative. • These products have been manufactured to the most rigorous quality standards. However, we ask that you employ safety devices when using the product in equipment in which any failure on its part can be expected to cause a serious accident or loss.

Cautions concerning use Transport and installation of motor • Protect the motor from impact during handling. When installing pulley or coupling, do not hammer on the shaft. Impact can damage the encoder. In the case of motor with key, install pulley or coupling with screw of shaft-end. Use a pulley extractor when taking off the pulley.

• Do not apply a load exceeding the tolerable load onto the servomotor shaft. The shaft could break. Installation • Avoid installation in an environment in which oil mist, dust, etc. are in the air. When using in such an environment, enclose the servo-amp in an airtight panel. Protect the motor by furnishing a cover for it or taking similar measures. • Mount the amp vertically on a wall. • When installing several amplifiers in a row in a sealed panel, leave at least 10mm open between each amplifier. Note that when using the MR-J2S-30KM(4) or larger capacity, leave at least 20mm open between the amplifiers. Leave 100mm or more open in the upward direction, and 120mm or more open in the downward direction. When using one amplifier, always leave 40mm or more open in the upward direction and 120mm or more open in the downward direction. To ensure the life and reliability, keep as much space open toward the top plate so that heat does not build up. Take special care when installing several amplifiers in a row. 40mm or more

10mm or more

100mm or more for several units

120mm or more

20mm for 30kW or larger

91

• While installing a single motor, the motor can be installed horizontally or vertically. When installing vertical (shaft-up),

take measures on the machine side to ensure that oil from the gear box does not get into the motor. • If the servomotor has been running for some time, do not touch it immediately after the power has been shutoff. It is possible that the motor will be very hot, and touching it could burn skin. • The optional regeneration unit becomes hot (temperature rise of 100°C or more) with frequent use. Do not install within flammable objects or objects subject to thermal deformation. Take care to ensure that electric wires do not come into contact with the main unit. • Carefully consider the cable clamping method, and make sure that bending stress and the stress of the cable’s own weight are not applied on the cable connection section. • If using in an application where the servomotor moves, select the cable bending radius according to the required bending life and wire type. • Fix the power and encoder cables led out from the servomotor onto the servomotor so that they do not move. Failure to do so could result in disconnections. Do not modify the connector or terminals, etc., on the end of the cable. Grounding • Always use Class 3 grounding to prevent electric shocks and to stabilize the potential in the control circuit. • To ground the servomotor and servo amplifier at one point, connect the grounding terminal from each, and ground from the servo amplifier side. • Faults such as a deviation in position could occur if the grounding is insufficient. Wiring • When a power-supply is applied to the amp’s output terminal (U, V, W), the amp will be damaged. Before switching the power on, perform thorough wiring and sequence checks to ensure that there are no wiring errors, etc. • When a power-supply is applied to the motor’s input terminal (U, V, W), the motor will be burned out. Connect the motor to the amp’s output terminal (U, V, W). • Match the phase of the motor input terminal (U, V, W) to the output terminal (U, V, W) before connecting. If they are not the same, motor control cannot be performed. • In the case of position or speed control mode, connect the stroke end signal (LSP, LSN) to the common terminal (SG). If it is not connected, the motor will not rotate. Factory settings • All possible motor and amp combinations are predetermined. Confirm the model of the motor and amp to be used before installation. • For the MR-J2S-A models, select parameter mode No.0 for the control mode to set position, speed and torque. For the MR-J2S-B models, these are selected by a controller. • As for 22kW or smaller, when using the optional regeneration units, please change parameter No.0 (MR-J2S-A, MR-J2SCP or MR-J2S-CL models) or parameter No.2 (MR-J2S-B models). When using the 30kW or larger capacity, change the converter unit parameter No. 0. The regeneration option unit is disabled as the default, so the parameter must be changed to increase the performance.


Cautions Concerning Use Operation • When a magnetic contactor (MC) is installed on the amp’s primary side, do not perform frequent starts and stops with the MC. Doing so could cause the amp to fail. • As for 7kW or smaller, when a trouble occurs, the amp’s safety features are activated, halting output, and the dynamic brake instantly stops the motor. If free run is required, contact Mitsubishi about solutions involving servo-amps where the dynamic brake is not activated. • When an error occurs, the 11kW or larger amplifier’s protection function will activate and the output will stop. The servomotor will coast to a stop. If the dynamic brake operation is required, use the option DBU-MK(-4). • When using a motor with an electromagnetic brake, do not apply the brake when the servo is on. Doing so could cause an amp overload or shorten brake life. Apply the brake when the servo is off.

Cautions concerning model selection • Select a motor with a rated torque above the continuously effective load torque. • Design the operation pattern so that positioning can be completed, taking into account the setting time (ts). Speed Command pattern Motor rotation

Command time Positioning time

ts

Time

• Use the unit with the load’s inertia moment set below the recommended load inertia moment ratio of the motor being used. If it is too large, desired performance may not be attainable.

Precautions for Choosing the Products • Mitsubishi will not be held liable for damage caused by factors found not to be the cause of Mitsubishi; machine damage or lost profits caused by faults in the Mitsubishi products; damage, secondary damage, accident compensation caused by special factors unpredictable by Mitsubishi; damages to products other than Mitsubishi products; and to other duties.

92


MEMO

93


Safety Warning To ensure proper use of the products listed in this catalog, please be sure to read the instruction manual prior to use.

L(NA)03007 B 0308 Printed in Japan (MDOC)

New publication, effective August 2003 Specifications subject to change without notice.


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.